Index index by Group index by Distribution index by Vendor index by creation date index by Name Mirrors Help Search

kiwi-doc-5.03.37-1.1.1 RPM for noarch

From OpenSuSE 12.2 for noarch

Name: kiwi-doc Distribution: openSUSE 12.2
Version: 5.03.37 Vendor: openSUSE
Release: 1.1.1 Build date: Tue Jul 17 04:06:39 2012
Group: Documentation/Howto Build host: build31
Size: 32841461 Source RPM: kiwi-5.03.37-1.1.1.src.rpm
Summary: openSUSE - KIWI Image System Documentation
This package contains the documentation and manual pages for the KIWI
Image System

    Thomas Schraitle
    Marcus Schaefer






* Fri Jul 13 2012
  - v5.03.37 released
* Fri Jul 13 2012
  - fixed spec file to write openSUSE instead of OpenSuSE (bnc #770825)
* Fri Jul 13 2012
  - v5.03.36 released
* Fri Jul 13 2012
  - map openSUSE 12.3 to 12.2 configs for now
  - reformated spec file by current spec_file_formater
* Thu Jul 12 2012
  - v5.03.35 released
* Thu Jul 12 2012
  - fixed use of grub2, with version 2.x there is no grub2-setup
    anymore but a grub2-bios-setup. This change was introduced
    with openSUSE 12.2 RC1
* Thu Jul 12 2012
  - v5.03.34 released
* Thu Jul 12 2012
  - follow up spec file fix, list grub2-branding-openSUSE only
    for suse version > 12.1 in the media requires
* Thu Jul 12 2012
  - v5.03.33 released
* Thu Jul 12 2012
  - fixed spec file to write openSUSE instead of openSuSE (bnc #770825)
* Thu Jul 12 2012
  - added grub2-branding-openSUSE to the media requires
* Tue Jul 10 2012
  - v5.03.32 released
* Mon Jul 09 2012
  - fix dependencies on SLES 11 (sed does not support -E, use perl instead)
* Fri Jul 06 2012
  - v5.03.31 released
* Fri Jul 06 2012
  - fixed type in spec file, missing %endif
* Fri Jul 06 2012
  - v5.03.30 released
* Fri Jul 06 2012
  - netboot: fixed openSUSE 12.2 boot image description. bootstrap
    was only applied to in diskless profile mode. This leed to missing
    tools like gettext and dialog for all other profiles even the
    default profile
* Fri Jul 06 2012
  - fixed spec file: netboot and isoboot needs virt-utils
    additionally does isoboot need e2fsprogs
* Wed Jul 04 2012
  - v5.03.29 released
* Wed Jul 04 2012
  - don't remove rpm and fonts required in the pxe examples
* Wed Jul 04 2012
  - added missing fonts and X11 input packages to pxe 12.1 example
* Tue Jul 03 2012
  - libproxy reads the data from /etc/sysconfig/proxy. Thus it's
    required to hold a temporary copy of that file inside the chroot
    to make use of proxy settings while operating in the chroot
* Mon Jul 02 2012
  - v5.03.28 released
* Mon Jul 02 2012
  - make sure possible proxy setting is transfered to the kiwi chroot
* Mon Jul 02 2012
  - don't call resetBootBind using chroot to workaround (bnc #769634)
* Fri Jun 29 2012
  - v5.03.27 released
* Fri Jun 29 2012
  - fixed hybrid persistent writing with kernel 3.x (bnc #769086)
* Thu Jun 28 2012
  - netboot: dhcpcd works with timeout 20s, kiwi used 40s, so one half
    of the time it waited with no reason. This patch runs 'dhcpcd -T'
    again after 22s, so the time is used effectively. It also helps in
    situatios when the link needs more time to start, e.g with
    wpa_supplicant and the first dhcp packets are lost.
* Thu Jun 28 2012
  - fix the getPXEDeployConfiguration unit test on ppc and ppc64
* Wed Jun 27 2012
  - zypper in 12.2 has been fixed now, so we can change back the
    JeOS image template to the type="image" installation
* Wed Jun 27 2012
  - v5.03.26 released
* Wed Jun 27 2012
  - added patterns for removal of unused files/dirs which
    appears along with systemd,grub2,plymouth and are not
    required inside the initrd
* Wed Jun 27 2012
  - fixed evaluation of glob patterns in kiwi_strip_delete
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - remove references to splashy from initrd
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - the post install script from grub2-branding-openSUSE creates
    a background.png file in /boot. We have to preserve all data
    created in /boot because the extractKernel() function moves
    out all the data here from the initrd
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - hide plymouth splash when throwing an exception
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - fixed evaluation of bootincluded packages in type
    specific packages sections
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - update openSUSE 12.2 JeOS template. With 12.2 the switch to
    grub2 was made but the grub2-branding-openSUSE package only
    provides grub2 theming information. Thus for building non
    grub2 based images like isolinux based live systems the
    former gfxboot-branding-openSUSE data has to be present.
    Because of this the openSUSE 12.2 JeOS template includes
    now image type specific packages sections to select the
    correct branding package
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - make grub2 theming data available in the initrd
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - fixed string validation in info message in KIWICollect so
    that it actually shows the content of $metapack
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - remove import of graphics boot 'message' file when using grub2
    In order to support custom branding in kiwi for grub it worked
    the way that one provides the theme data and together with
    gfxboot-devel a special formatted 'message' file was created and
    stored inside the initrd. The setupBootLoaderStages() function
    then imported that file to the system image. In grub2 the theme
    data is just fonts and png's and there is no creation of a
    special graphics format required.
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - hide plymouth splash when showing a dialog
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - switched to grub2-branding-openSUSE for openSUSE 12.2 JeOS template
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - grub2 can handle real spaces in menu items, yeah :)
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - added grub2 theme support for the openSUSE theme layout
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - better info message when --targetstudio option is used
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - provide ROOTFS_BLKDEV before calling init/systemd
  - don't export variables used by the boot scripts in the
    cleanImage function. This function is called in an extra
    shell process thus exporting back is not possible
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - fixed resizeFilesystem to prefer btrfs over btrfsctl
* Tue Jun 26 2012
  - added variable kiwi_cpio_name which allows to access the name
    of the initrd image from within the initrd. This is currently
    used to distinguish the initrd by the type of the distro
* Mon Jun 25 2012
  - netboot: improved testing for networks by using -T option
* Mon Jun 25 2012
  - fixed createOriginSnapshot to prefer btrfs over btrfsctl
* Mon Jun 25 2012
  - preserve missing btrfs tools
* Mon Jun 25 2012
  - indicate check failure through return value (undef)
    * we should have it correct now. Previously a 1 was returned,
      indicating success. This change returns no value on failure
      to indicate the failed state of the check.
* Sat Jun 23 2012
  - v5.03.25 released
* Sat Jun 23 2012
  - fixed __checkVMscsiCapable() it's a valid setup if no
    machine configuration is specified in the kiwi XML
* Fri Jun 22 2012
  - fix the suse-live-usbstick config according to the version
* Fri Jun 22 2012
  - v5.03.24 released
* Fri Jun 22 2012
  - make sure getExecPath() also works when invoked as non root
    user. It's required that PATH contains /sbin to locate
    binaries used by kiwi with the 'which' tool. This problem
    appeared when calling the unit tests as non root user like
    the buildservice does when building packages, thus this fixes
    the build
* Fri Jun 22 2012
  - v5.03.23 released
* Fri Jun 22 2012
  - fixed boot logging, make sure the log continues after
    switching to the real root filesystem
* Fri Jun 22 2012
  - added runtime check for get_kernel_version binary. This is
    a suse only extension so when running on other build hosts
    it should be checked if it's there.
* Fri Jun 22 2012
  - added uninstall target to Makefile
* Fri Jun 22 2012
  - make udevStart() aware of alternative location for udevd binary
* Fri Jun 22 2012
  - make sure kmod stays in the initrd, with respect to other
    distros which already moved from module-init-tools to kmod
* Fri Jun 22 2012
  - fixed udevSystemStart / udevSystemStop to check which system
    service manager can be used to run the service
* Fri Jun 22 2012
  - removed kernel sysconfig template check, that's a suse only
    check and even we change our own names all the time
* Thu Jun 21 2012
  - v5.03.22 released
* Thu Jun 21 2012
  - simpler date(1) use.
    calling 'date -I' is insensitive to locale which means:
    * LANG=POSIX is not needed, thus
    * explicit bash invocation is not needed (it was there
      because the syntax for setting env. vars varies among
* Thu Jun 21 2012
  - fixed date call in usage() function to work with native qx
* Thu Jun 21 2012
  - clean up to perl critic level 4
  - disable the brief file open/close check
    * this check is unreliable when using multiple open/close
      constructs in one routine.
* Thu Jun 21 2012
  - remove duplicate implementation of method to get a list of packages
    marked for boot inclusion. The methods getListBootIncludes() and
    getBootIncludes() used to implement the same functionality. This
    update removes the getListBootIncludes() method.
* Thu Jun 21 2012
  - add profile handling verification to the package and type unit tests
* Thu Jun 21 2012
  - add additonal condition to avoid warning
    * At present it is possible to trigger a "uninitialized value" warning
      when calling the addPackages() method, if not all packages that are
      to be added are boot included. This change fixes this issue.
* Wed Jun 20 2012
  - fixed spec file, require grub2 for >= openSUSE 12.2
* Wed Jun 20 2012
  - update migration table
* Wed Jun 20 2012
  - clean to critic level 3
* Wed Jun 20 2012
  - clean to critic level 4
* Wed Jun 20 2012
  - do not attempt to normalize a path that has not been defined to begin with
* Wed Jun 20 2012
  - clean to perlcritic level 4
    * critic exception around the unify function
    * style clean up to more closely resemble the rest of kiwi code
* Wed Jun 20 2012
  - added get_kernel_version source into kiwi git. We might want
    to install this tool on distros which doesn't provide it
* Wed Jun 20 2012
  - modify the default critic policy for brief open
    * by default a close() is expected within 9 lines of an open call.
      Accounting for potential kiwi logging information and other coding
      constructs we use this is ofetn insufficient. Therefore a line limit of
      15 is a bit more reasonable for the kiwi code base
* Wed Jun 20 2012
  - add XML unit tests for type handling
* Wed Jun 20 2012
  - use strip section in RHEL JeOS template to remove some
    unneded data not required in the initrd
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - v5.03.21 released
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - remove bootsplash from the delete section in the openSUSE 12.2
    boot image descriptions, bootsplash is no longer installed thus
    it doesn't make sense to list it in the delete sections
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - make sure JeOS for 12.2 installs glibc-locale
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - small cleanup for info message
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - update JeOS 12.2 image description, install in bootstrap because
    zypper in 12.2 is so flaky and bugy throwing segfaults all the
    time and nobody cares about it :(
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - added grub2 to openSUSE 12.2 boot image descriptions
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - use bootstrap only installation for openSUSE 12.2 boot images
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - s390: make sure we wait for udev to finish after fdasd is done
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - use grub2 as bootloader for openSUSE 12.2 JeOS except for xenFlavour
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - fixed grub2-mkimage call, target format of core image must be set
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - add plymouth to JeOS image description
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - cleanup list of image packages selected in the openSUSE 12.2
    boot image descriptions. The ones removed here were already
    installed by the selection/requirements of the bootstrap
    packages section
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - switched from bootsplash to plymouth splash screen in the
    openSUSE 12.2 JeOS template
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - added required plymouth packages to boot descriptions
    for openSUSE 12.2
* Tue Jun 19 2012
  - added support for plymouth splash system
* Mon Jun 18 2012
  - netboot: added more sophisticated partition table check. The
    partition table is analyzed to check if it's possible to
    run the update check and also to verify partition order, types
    and sizes with some tolerance (so for example the change to 4k
    sectors would not cause repartitioning). Additionally in a
    RAID setup the checks would check both disks.
* Mon Jun 18 2012
  - remove references to splashy
* Fri Jun 15 2012
  - v5.03.20 released
* Fri Jun 15 2012
  - fixed unit test due to changes in the logging
* Fri Jun 15 2012
  - v5.03.19 released
* Fri Jun 15 2012
  - additional unit tests for package handling in the XML object
* Fri Jun 15 2012
  - added lxc as a recommended package to the spec file
* Fri Jun 15 2012
  - rename the getTypeList method to getTypeSpecificPackageList
    * the method returns a list of packages for the given image build
      type. This was not obvious from the previous method name.
* Fri Jun 15 2012
  - call and scripts in a contained environment
    using LXC. The function callContained() will use lxc if it is
    installed on the build host machine. If it is not there or
    lxc-execute cannot be called the function switches to the legacy
    chroot method. Using a container to call custom scripts provides
    more protection against the nasty things one can do in a script
    with root permission
* Thu Jun 14 2012
  - don't umount dev and sys filesystems in umountSystemFileSystems
    this is done by kiwi in the cleanup phase
* Thu Jun 14 2012
  - fixed logging, use only one global log object which is used
    by all objects to make sure all messages end up in the same
    log file
* Thu Jun 14 2012
  - more unit tests for XML
* Thu Jun 14 2012
  - v5.03.18 released
* Thu Jun 14 2012
  - v5.03.17 released
* Thu Jun 14 2012
  - s390: sleep for a while after recreating the vtoc table
* Thu Jun 14 2012
  - clean and to perlcritic level 4
    * all other file changes to properly import the symbols from KIWIQX
* Thu Jun 14 2012
  - exclude additional unit tests in OBS as they need network access
* Wed Jun 13 2012
  - reread partition table after recreation of the VTOC table
* Wed Jun 13 2012
  - s390: initialize loader variable with zipl by default
* Wed Jun 13 2012
  - s390 netboot: recreated the vtoc table with option 'r'
    instead of 'u' which includes the deletion all partitions
* Wed Jun 13 2012
  - added function umountSystemFileSystems() which is used
    to umount system filesystems like proc within the given
    root tree. This is called after a custom script call to
    cleanup the environment
* Wed Jun 13 2012
  - s390: fixed normalizeRepartInput to work with fdasd
* Wed Jun 13 2012
  - provide a pointer to the xml to createImageFormat() which
    allows to only create the machine configuration without
    direct access to the image file for reading the xml data
* Wed Jun 13 2012
  - clean the unit test implementations to perlcritic level 4
* Wed Jun 13 2012
  - switch back to perl-Test-Unit
    * the package has been fixed and is back in factory/oS 12.2
* Wed Jun 13 2012
  - set the db45-utils package as recommend for openSUSE 12.1 and later
    * at present a user running into a rpm db incompatibility issue may get
      an error message that the db45_load tool is not available. This leaves
      the user with no idea where the tool may be found. Unfortunately the
      command-not-found utility does not turn up the command either. Setting
      the package as recommends increases the chance that it will be installed
      when KIWI packages get installed.
* Tue Jun 12 2012
  - overlooked one format conversion call and make them skip
    if in --targetstudio mode
* Tue Jun 12 2012
  - fixed building of md5 sum and compressed image when
    in --targetstudio mode. In this mode we don't dump
    an image from the generated target device, thus the
    building of the md5 sum and the compressed version of
    the image must access the device
* Tue Jun 12 2012
  - require u-boot-tools for oem images on arm
* Tue Jun 12 2012
  - instead of skipping the entire format conversion when in
  --targetstudio mode we only skip the creation of the format
    but not the meta data which belongs to it
* Tue Jun 12 2012
  - skip format conversion when in --targetstudio mode
* Tue Jun 12 2012
  - remove duplicate implementation of buildImageName method
    * the buildImageName was implemented in the XML and the Image
      object. This change removes the duplicate implementation and
      moves the method with the generateBuildImageName into the
      Global object. It is expected that a better place will be
      found eventually.
* Tue Jun 12 2012
  - don't use value of --targetstudio when building iso images
* Tue Jun 12 2012
  - fixed --targetdevice mode to work with NBD/AoE devices as well.
    if a network block device receives a partition table there is
    no automatic creation creation of devices per partition. Thus
    it's required to call kpartx to bind those devices prior to
    using it
* Tue Jun 12 2012
  - additional unit tests for package handling
  - skip tests that require network access
  - fix up tests to verify network resolve for local test runs
* Tue Jun 12 2012
  - add Environment variable to allow tests that require network access to
    be skipped in OBS
* Tue Jun 12 2012
  - make resolveLink and resolveArchitecture "private"
    * these methods should not be called from outside of the XML object,
      and most likely this should not be here to begin with
* Mon Jun 11 2012
  - added option --targetstudio which is used to specify a program
    which creates the target device node to create the image on.
    In contrast to the targetdevice option there will be no image
    file dumped from the specified device. This option is mainly
    used in SuSE Studio
* Mon Jun 11 2012
  - don't use dd when reading data from a disk block device
    use qemu-img convert instead which takes care for sparse
* Mon Jun 11 2012
  - setupEncoding ist not called if a targetdevice is specified
    instead of the standard loop device operations. Thus luks
    extension together with --targetdevice did not work. This
    patch fixes it
* Mon Jun 11 2012
  - call fdasd relatively and not with absolute path
* Mon Jun 11 2012
  - remove logging of hijacked studio commands
* Mon Jun 11 2012
  - allow createImageXFS to work with a target device
* Mon Jun 11 2012
  - unit tests for XML object verifying package, pattern, and archive handling
* Fri Jun 08 2012
  - v5.03.16 released
* Fri Jun 08 2012
  - removed the ZYPP_ARIA2C=0 'hack' which is there only because
    of a bug in aria2c we'd better fix aria2c instead of maintaining
    a workaround for that inside kiwi.
* Fri Jun 08 2012
  - make sure timezone package is installed as part of the bootstrap
    installations. zypper in openSUSE 12.2 crashes if it can't
    find /etc/localtime. A bug for this problem has been opened.
    As it seems zypper requires a timezone we should make sure
    to install one from within bootstrap
* Fri Jun 08 2012
  - v5.03.15 released
* Fri Jun 08 2012
  - Revert "- the env setting ZYPP_ARIA2C=0 caused a segmentation fault"
    problem is that this change caused other unexpected behavior in
    zypper :( I will investigate more here
    * This reverts commit 31e0d0cadfdc9f678e9675754e83674054d29d83
* Fri Jun 08 2012
  - just found out that also obs:// URL's doesn't work for
    plain package building inside the buildservice. So I had
    to change the unit tests again
* Fri Jun 08 2012
  - the env setting ZYPP_ARIA2C=0 caused a segmentation fault
    for zypper in openSUSE 12.2. I think if there is a bug in
    aria2c we'd better fix aria2c instead of work around that
    inside kiwi. Therefore I removed this 'hack'
* Fri Jun 08 2012
  - don't use remote URL's other than obs:// in the unit tests
    the buildservice refused to resolve them so the unit tests
    works locally but not during build, thus the package build
* Fri Jun 08 2012
  - v5.03.14 released
* Thu Jun 07 2012
  - unit test for prefer-license attribute setting unique requirement
* Thu Jun 07 2012
  - Fixed deleting of /usr/lib/gconv content in baseStripLocales
    The "find" command in baseStripLocales finds not only files
    in /usr/lib/gconv, but also the directory itself which cannot
    be removed by the call of 'rm' in that case
* Thu Jun 07 2012
  - check that the prefer-license attribute is set to true only once
    * if the attribute is set to true multiple times it results in an
      ambiguity that cannot be resolved. As the outcome of the image build
      is indeterminate in this case we need to error out of the process.
* Wed Jun 06 2012
  - cleanup kernel profiles: For openSUSE -base is a subset of !-base
* Wed Jun 06 2012
  - netboot: allow multicast TFTP for compressed images (fate #313083)
    * the predownload hook detects that it is possible to use service
      partition for intermediate files and exports the temp dir path
    * the fetchfile() method uses the temp directory and exports the
      intermediate file path in $FETCH_FILE_TEMP_FILE if it was created
    * the postdownload hook deletes $FETCH_FILE_TEMP_FILE. Later we can
      extend it to manage a cache of several image files.
* Wed Jun 06 2012
  - netboot: added robust detection of the active network interface
    * call dhcpcd on all available network interfaces and select
      either BOOTIF from pxe or one of the interfaces which got
      a dhcp reply (fate #313338)
* Wed Jun 06 2012
  - DB: rebuild schema documentation
* Wed Jun 06 2012
  - adapt schema version from 5.3 to 5.4 for unit test data
* Wed Jun 06 2012
  - unit test for getRepoNodeList
* Wed Jun 06 2012
  - unit tests related to driver handling
* Wed Jun 06 2012
  - apply stylesheet conversion from schema 5.3 to 5.4
* Wed Jun 06 2012
  - added xsl stylesheet which removes the type attribute
    from the <drivers> sections and also increases the
    schema version from 5.3 to 5.4
* Wed Jun 06 2012
  - rename addRepository to addRepositories
    * the method may be used to add multiple repositories, this should
      be reflected in the method name.
* Wed Jun 06 2012
  - DB: rebuild documentation
* Wed Jun 06 2012
  - DB: update documentation due to removal of the drivers type attribute
* Wed Jun 06 2012
  - remove type attribute from drivers section entirely
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - DB: rebuild schema documentation
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - DB: rebuild documentation
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - update documentation due to change in the type
    attribute in the drivers sections
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - don't evaluate type of drivers sections. There is only
    type 'drivers' now available
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - remove use of netdrivers,scsidrivers,usbdrivers typed
    drivers sections and merge them into one section
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - limit type attribute of drivers section to 'drivers'
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - add unit tests for repo handling in the XML object
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - add argument check to addRepository() method
    at present it is possible to attempt to add a repository with
    an invalid type. This may lead to unpredictable behavior during
    build. While the type is verified when given on the command line,
    the additional validation is needed for migration when we add
    repos from a running system.
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - add log message for repository replacement
    at present no message is issued if a replacable
    repository is replaced with a new repository
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - add info message when repositories are being ignored
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - add doc string to the prefer-license attribute in the
    schema documentation. Previously there was no documentation
    and the name was not necessarily obviously implying the
    intension of the attribute.
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - added unit tests for:
    * getStripNodeList() method of XML object
    * getConfigName() method of XML object
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - comment out variable that is only used for debug printing
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - rename of functions:
    * getNodeList() to getRepoNodeList()
      the getNodeList name is too generic and does not indicate by name
      what can be expected about the information returned by the method
    * getRepository() method to getRepositories()
      the method returns all repository information, thus this should be
      reflected in the method name
* Tue Jun 05 2012
  - DB: update schema documentation
    include info about new <defaultprebuilt> XML element
* Mon Jun 04 2012
  - do not call the test log internal __reset() method.
    calling __reset() would ignore any potential other states and
    therefore would ignore potential error conditions. Calling
    getState() instead and ignoring the returned value ensures
    that only one state is set in the log as expected after
    calling the getErrorState() method.
* Mon Jun 04 2012
  - remove unused variable pblt
* Mon Jun 04 2012
  - unit test for new <defaultprebuilt> element
* Mon Jun 04 2012
  - DB: rebuild documentation:
    include info about new <defaultprebuilt> XML element
* Mon Jun 04 2012
  - add new element <defaultprebuilt>
    * allow users to specify a default location for pre-built boot images
      in the configuration file.
* Mon Jun 04 2012
  - re-sort the attributes of the type element into alpha order
* Mon Jun 04 2012
  - make sure return value from cleanupRPMDatabase() is passed
    correctly and handled
* Mon Jun 04 2012
  - v5.03.13 released
* Mon Jun 04 2012
  - really fixed cleanupRPMDatabase() by using the db_dump|db45_load method
* Mon Jun 04 2012
  - v5.03.12 released
* Sun Jun 03 2012
  - fixed test_invalidProfileRequest(), it modifies the
    message data thus it needs a reset to prevent after
    effects in subsequent tests
* Sun Jun 03 2012
  - perl Test::Unit doesn't work for 12.2 anymore. Other than
    that is's unmaintained since 2005. Therefore we switch to
    Test::Unit::Lite which is also not really maintained but at
    least still works
* Sat Jun 02 2012
  - unit tests for profile handling
    * these do not test the usage of profiles, only the storage of
      profile data in the XML object and the consistency check upon
      profile request, usage will be integrated into other test at a later
* Sat Jun 02 2012
  - make the checkProfiles method of the XML object "private"
    * this is an XML internal helper method and should not be
      called by other modules
* Sat Jun 02 2012
  - unit test for XML object user data storage
* Sat Jun 02 2012
  - make the getVMConfigOpts method on the XML object "private"
    * this is an internal helper method and should not be called
      from other modules
* Sat Jun 02 2012
  - make the getPreferencesNodeByTagName XML method "private"
    * this is an XML object internal method and should not be called
      by other modules
* Fri Jun 01 2012
  - kernel-pae does only exists on i586/i686 architecture
* Fri Jun 01 2012
  - eliminate getXenDomain method from XML
    * the domain is part of the Xen config and can be accessed
      via getXenConfig we should not have multiple methods to
      get the same data
* Fri Jun 01 2012
  - v5.03.11 released
* Thu May 31 2012
  - unit test for XML validation of the volume element
    test to verify that the combination of "size" and "freespace"
    on the <volume> element is rejected.
* Thu May 31 2012
  - do not allow the use of the "size" and "freespace" attributes
    in combination. At present a user can specify both the "size"
    and "freespace" attributes on the <volume> element. In this
    case the setting of the "freespace" attribute is ignored,
    therefore allowing the combination of the attributes is
    misleading and should be disallowed
* Thu May 31 2012
  - XML object unit tests for LVM related methods
* Thu May 31 2012
  - arm: renamed boot and JeOS images from suse-Factory to suse-12.2
* Thu May 31 2012
  - removed rt kernel profile, there is no kernel-rt for openSUSE
* Thu May 31 2012
  - fixed handling of obs URL path within KIWIURL. if the
    created obs path does not exist proceed and check again
    as opensuse URL type. This was done only in KIWIRoot but
    belongs to the URL module
* Thu May 31 2012
  - remove packages which do not exist in 12.2 anymore
* Wed May 30 2012
  - add empiric code to calculate size for btrfs images... not nice
* Wed May 30 2012
  - make sure btrfs based images provide a common subvolume
    setup as explained in (bnc #764703)
* Wed May 30 2012
  - unit test for addStrip method of XML object
    * verify error condition of improper call
    * verify proper addition for delete, libs, and tools
* Wed May 30 2012
  - fix addStrip method of XML object
    * when adding new strip information we need to check if an element
      with the given type already exists, if yes the information needs
      to be added to the existing type. If a new element is added with
      the same type as an existing element the getStrip*()
      implementations will not return the correct information.
      This is a latent bug.
    * also added a consitency check to ensure the method only adds
      strip elements of supported types.
* Wed May 30 2012
  - add unit tests for XML getStrip* methods
* Wed May 30 2012
  - make the getStripFileList of the XML object "private", this is
    an internal helper method and should not be called from other
    KIWI modules
* Wed May 30 2012
  - v5.03.10 released
* Wed May 30 2012
  - Revert "- eliminate getXenDomain method from XML"
    This breaks kiwi in
    This reverts commit a2a9509c6ef44f09cdf2b8a271387de4bec071dc.
* Wed May 30 2012
  - v5.03.9 released
* Tue May 29 2012
  - allow direct root tree access for btrfs and xfs when creating
    the virtual disk. For those two filesystem we had the intermediate
    step to create a filesystem image first which is then dumped
    via dd on the virtual disk.
* Tue May 29 2012
  - enable PXE on arm platform, untested but PXE exists
    there and it is fixing building kiwi
* Tue May 29 2012
  - create additional -requires packages for each boot
    description to track dependencies automatically in
    the openSUSE buildservice
* Tue May 29 2012
  - eliminate the use of expr and use shell's $((..)) expression instead
* Sat May 26 2012
  - DB: rebuild documentation
* Sat May 26 2012
  - eliminate getXenDomain method from XML
    the domain is patr of the Xen config and can be accessed
    via getXenConfig we should not have multiple methods to
    get the same data
* Sat May 26 2012
  - unit test for OVF data storage in the XML object
* Fri May 25 2012
  - DB: rebuild documentation
* Fri May 25 2012
  - v5.03.8 released
* Fri May 25 2012
  - make sure resizeLVMVolumes unsets FSTYPE before fsresize
* Fri May 25 2012
  - add a reference to the online and local schema documentation
    * a recent discussion on the mailing list revealed that there is
      no reference to the complete schema documentation in the docbook
      doc and not all available elements are listed in the docbook
* Fri May 25 2012
  - apply oem dump and repart patches from x86 arch
    to ppc/s390 and arm. Reference commits are:
    * e3cb127676f636b71d2a07acd7fdd4bc0bb6f332
    * 8d15e715dcb156bf0b101c87e28ceb810d0f4eed
* Fri May 25 2012
  - DB: update documentation chapter 3
    * update the chapter w.r.t. content, spelling, grammar
    * add section to chapter 3 explaining the use of pre-built boot images
      in a recent discussion on the mailing list it was pointed out that
      the use of pre-built boot images is not documented
* Fri May 25 2012
  - fixed OEM partition selection for LVM images. If there
    are exactly two partitions suitable for the install process
    it's possible to assign boot and root partition according
    to the partition ID's from the OEM image partition table.
    Thus we can prevent a selection dialog in this case.
    Additionally this commit added more information about
    the reason why partitions are rejected
* Fri May 25 2012
  - make sure 'rev' tool stays inside the initrd
* Fri May 25 2012
  - fixed OEM partition install mode for LVM images
* Fri May 25 2012
  - don't install unnecessary doc meta data
* Thu May 24 2012
  - added sync of schema docs to
* Wed May 23 2012
  - added sync of docs to
* Tue May 22 2012
  - v5.03.7 released
* Tue May 22 2012
  - make sure systemctl stay inside the initrd. That's because
    the reboot tool is now a link to systemctl
* Tue May 22 2012
  - v5.03.6 released
* Tue May 22 2012
  - fixed baseStripUnusedLibs to work with library links
    pointing to library links (bnc#753574)
* Tue May 22 2012
  - fixed baseStripUnusedLibs to work with library links
    pointing to an absolute path (bnc#753574)
* Mon May 21 2012
  - changed the way how the size request of LVM volumes in an oem image
    is processed. Before this patch the volumes were created with the
    requested size and stored in the image. Thus we store a lot of null
    bytes inside the image and also dump those null bytes when running
    the code of an oem install image. As the oem image by design expands
    itself on first boot according to the target disk and oem image
    configuration parameters, it's more clean and also faster to resize
    the volumes on first boot and not keep them with their requested
    size inside the image (bnc#761993)
* Mon May 21 2012
  - fixed fstab flags for non root device entries
* Mon May 21 2012
  - apply suse-repart patch for ppc, s390 and arm architecture
    reference commit: a621b4e715ac18e1daabb644a9b3b8af2e316d24
* Mon May 21 2012
  - make controller and id attributes optional in the vmdisk section
* Mon May 21 2012
  - added support for openSUSE 12.2 / removed 11.3
    * added JeOS openSUSE 12.2 image template descriptions
    * update spec file to support openSUSE 12.2 and remove 11.3
    * added 12.2 boot image descriptions
    * added openSUSE 12.2 examples
* Fri May 18 2012
  - DB: rebuild schema documentation
* Fri May 18 2012
  - DB: rebuild schema due to latest changes in .rnc
* Thu May 17 2012
  - remove superfluous () for variable declaration
* Thu May 17 2012
  - remove controller and id attribute settings from Xen example
    The controller and id attributes are not evaluated in the XML object
    for the Xen configuration, showing these settings in the examples
    is misleading to the user.
* Thu May 17 2012
  - add qualifiers to attribute description of the machine and vmdisk
    elements. At present it is not obvious which of the attributes are
    evaluated for a given Virtual Machine image format when looking at
    the Schema documentation. The qualifiers address this situation.
* Thu May 17 2012
  - added unit tests:
    * unit test for getEc2Config method of XML object
    * unit test for getVMwareConfig method of XML object
    * unit test for getXenConfig method of XML object
* Wed May 16 2012
  - add the proper IP address to the Web-UI (sunstone) configuration file
    ~ presently the user has to manually change the configuration file
    and restart the server. This change eliminates this need, after the
    cloud is up and running the user can just access the Web-UI as the
    server is listening on the appropriate address.
* Wed May 16 2012
  - DB: update schema documentation
* Wed May 16 2012
  - added type attribute <type ... bootpartsize="MB-value"/>. This
    allows to set the size of the eventual boot partition. If no
    such size is set 150MB is the minimum size for the boot partition.
    The value has an effect for image types which creates a boot
    partition only, e.g LVM, split
* Wed May 16 2012
  - changed disk increasement stepsize from 100MB to 10MB
* Wed May 16 2012
  - fix type in comment
* Wed May 16 2012
  - cleanup of KIWIBoot constructor, avoid code duplication
  - added error check for kiwi --bootvm ... --bootvm-system <file|dir|device>
    if the system is not a root tree, rootfs image or partition device
  - prevent dumping the image from a --targetdevice if also the creation
    of an install media was set. This will speedup the build
  - make sure to use qemu-img convert to dump image from a targetdevice
* Wed May 16 2012
  - update the OpenNebula example:
    * Adjustments for OpenNebula version 3.4.1 release
    * Minor script fixes
* Tue May 15 2012
  - don't use cat when reading data from a disk block device
    use qemu-img convert instead which takes care for sparse
* Mon May 14 2012
  - fixed getSector() calculation, could be too small aligned
* Mon May 14 2012
  - added support for the vhd subformat=fixed type
* Sat May 12 2012
  - added LVM volume information for all specified volumes
    to the profile env of the boot image. This is required
    to cleanly solve (bnc #761993)
* Fri May 11 2012
  - allow option --recycle-root to be used in a --build process
    If there is a root tree in <destination>/build/image-root
    available it will be used as system image tree. The build
    of the boot image is not affected by this root recycling
* Fri May 11 2012
  - additionally create md5 sum's for the kernel and the optional
    created splash initrd (fate #313338)
* Fri May 11 2012
  - changed setupNetwork* functions in a way that they check
    for the presence of the $root device and in case of an
    error and an existing root device LOCAL_BOOT is set and
    the system try to proceed with local boot of the installed
    system (fate #313338)
* Fri May 11 2012
  - v5.03.5 released
* Wed May 09 2012
  - fixed bootloader setup if yaboot is used. the boot partition
    id is set to fat (0xc) and we have to make sure to provide
    bootinfo.txt, yaboot.cnf and the yaboot binary at the root
    of the boot partition. We don't distinguish the layout between
    LVM and non LVM setup if yaboot is used in order to have a
    clean state
* Wed May 09 2012
  - changed function names installBootLoaderLilo and setupBootLoaderLilo
    to installBootLoaderYaboot and setupBootLoaderYaboot. lilo is only
    supported together with yaboot on ppc at the moment. So the function
    names are misleading and would block us if we want to add support
    for real lilo.
* Wed May 09 2012
  - fixed package check for package scripts. The rpm database from
    the image root system has to be used instead of the build system
    package database
* Tue May 08 2012
  - Revert "- don't set vga= kernel parameter for lilo bootlader setup"
    This reverts commit 5e815b28c84e805d4777551d67be8da0433e1238.
    lilo on ppc is something complete different than lilo on other
    architectures. The vga value is supported well on 'real' lilo
    so this issue should be fixed in the bootloader
* Mon May 07 2012
  - don't set vga= kernel parameter for lilo bootlader setup
    I was told this causes trouble when lilo.conf is converted
    to yaboot.conf
* Mon May 07 2012
  - use correct size for FAT table when yaboot is used
* Mon May 07 2012
  - we don't need the mbrid information for ppc/yaboot
    the searchOFBootDevice function doesn't request it
* Mon May 07 2012
  - respect custom boot timeout value for yaboot setup
* Fri May 04 2012
  - don't remove cpio program from initrd, required for custom splash setup
    follow up fix for the other architectures s390, ppc and arm
* Fri May 04 2012
  - allow evaluation of $DO_NOT_INSTALL_BOOTLOADER variable in
    netboot suse-preinit to prevent installation of the bootloader
    by a variable (bnc #760502)
* Fri May 04 2012
  - netboot: use --metadata=0.9 format for raid setup (bnc #760713)
* Fri May 04 2012
  - v5.03.4 released
* Fri May 04 2012
  - fixed URL repo check, correctly use is_success method and
    make sure every repo is checked for rpm-md _and_ repodata
* Fri May 04 2012
  - removed 'in progress' indicators from messages containing a path
    People reported to be confused about the path to be complete :)
* Fri May 04 2012
  - create rootfs.meta data file which includes information about
    the required min size and (good) inode value for split systems.
    This prevents the initrd code from getting that information out
    of the rootfs.tar tarball and thus speeds up the boot
* Thu May 03 2012
  - fixed unit test due to the removal of the aufs support
* Thu May 03 2012
  - remove the urlResponse() method and use the timeout function
    implemented in LWP::UserAgent properly to resolve URL's
* Thu May 03 2012
  - make sure releaseNetwork() also deconfigures the interface and
    configuration. Meaning don't use the -p option as we already
    check for root over NFS/AOE/NBD it doesn't make sense anymore
  - make sure releaseNetwork() unsets the HOSTNAME as it might
    conflict with the later system image network setup
* Thu May 03 2012
  - allow kiwisplitroot_size=<size-in-MB> which specifies how much
    size is reserved for the tmpfs holding the temporary rootfs
    data in a split image. Also fixed the calculation of the inode
    number for this tmpfs
* Thu May 03 2012
  - removed support for aufs overlay filesystem. The problem is that
    no overlay filesystem like aufs, unionfs, deltafs and friends
    is accepted by the kernel people. Thus support for them inside
    the distribution(s) is hard to maintain and the system barely
    works. My hope is that some day there will be the mount --overlay
    method implemented in a clean way and supported by the kernel
    until then we live with the fuse based approach (clicfs) and
    the device mapper snapshot method for the caching
    system (bnc #760159)
* Thu May 03 2012
  - unit tests for preference settings
* Thu May 03 2012
  - check only for presence and boolean value
    The "additive" attribute is a boolean value, i.e. valid values
    are true or false. We should only check for supported values.
    The removed check for 0 is possibly an artifact from times
    where we alloed 0 to indicate false in the XML.
* Thu May 03 2012
  - fixed hook call with parameters containing spaces (bnc #760331)
* Wed May 02 2012
  - fixed redundancy in getElementsByTagName ("...") -> get_nodelist();
    calls. According to the spec getElementsByTagName already returns
    the node list if called in array context.
* Wed May 02 2012
  - added unit test for XML split settings
* Wed May 02 2012
  - fixed naming inconsistency: getSplitTmpExceptions/getSplitTempExceptions
* Tue May 01 2012
  - v5.03.3 released
* Tue May 01 2012
  - fixed baseStripUnusedLibs() to be more robust and prepared
    for the move of libraries to another location
* Tue May 01 2012
  - don't remove cpio program from initrd, required for custom splash setup
* Tue May 01 2012
  - v5.03.2 released
* Fri Apr 27 2012
  - added optional <type ... installprovidefailsafe="true/false"/>
    attribute which allows to configure if the Failsafe boot menu
    entry for the install media should be displayed or not.
* Fri Apr 27 2012
  - removed misleading Restore wording in install iso boot menu
* Fri Apr 27 2012
  - make sure required libs for filesystem tools stay inside the initrd
* Thu Apr 26 2012
  - v5.03.01 relased
* Thu Apr 26 2012
  - make sure libext2fs stays inside the initrd, it's required
    for tune2fs on Factory/openSUSE 12.2
* Thu Apr 26 2012
  - fixed evaluation of --edit-bootconfig. There is either the
    choice for setting the value on the commandline or as attribute
    inside the XML description. Before this fix the code did not
    correctly get the value depending on how kiwi is called
  - make sure any iso is created via the KIWIISOLinux provided
    functions. According to this editbootconfig now also works
    for the creation of installs ISO's
* Thu Apr 26 2012
  - unit tests for the getPXEDeploy* methods
* Thu Apr 26 2012
  - fix typo in XML OEM settings unit test configuration
* Thu Apr 26 2012
  - fix typo in explanatory comment
* Wed Apr 25 2012
  - make sure grub menu.lst is correctly utf-8 encoded
* Wed Apr 25 2012
  - added __hasValidLVMName() runtime check. This checks if the
    optional LVM group name already exist on the build host.
* Wed Apr 25 2012
  - fixed typo in error message, $! is empty but we stored the
    messages in $status
* Tue Apr 24 2012
  - fixed flag state for iso in extras/suse-11.4/suse-min-gnome
* Tue Apr 24 2012
  - redirect errors from rpm --rebuilddb into the result variable
* Mon Apr 23 2012
  - v5.02.25 released
* Sun Apr 22 2012
  - fixed loop in partition size check
* Sun Apr 22 2012
  - added a check for the split read/write partition size
    when creating the virtual disk.
* Sat Apr 21 2012
  - add unit tests for the getOEM* methods
    Prior to undertacing the restructuring of the XML object we need to get
    unit tests in place
* Fri Apr 20 2012
  - v5.02.24 released
* Thu Apr 19 2012
  - take package section type into account when processing
    bootincluded packages. This means packages added as bootincluded
    into the e.g image section gets added to the image section
    in the boot image too. If the target description doesn't
    provide the section the package will be added to the default
    bootstrap section as before
* Thu Apr 19 2012
  - remove db4 package from the delete list in the RHEL
    boot image descriptions
* Thu Apr 19 2012
  - fixed rpm package database rebuild check for RHEL/yum
    this reverts commit: c3e4ac88562074d87cad21e96cfe3d6dde976e48
* Thu Apr 19 2012
  - moved yum priority installation from the RHEL boot- into the
    system image template and make it a bootincluded package.
    That's because there are name differences like yum-priority
    and yum-plugin-priority
* Thu Apr 19 2012
  - fixed rebuild of package database when yum is used
* Wed Apr 18 2012
  - arm: adapt JeOS description for beagle and fixed building in emulated environment
* Tue Apr 17 2012
  - really fixed boot.script setup according to (bnc #757489)
* Tue Apr 17 2012
  - arm: On other systems which supports a boot menu we add
    the linux kernel and initrd with its file names. But on
    arm systems there can only be one kernel because uboot
    doesn't support a menu. Thus perl-bootloader also doesn't
    support updating the uboot configuration and that's the
    reason why we use the links created by mkinitrd to point
    to the kernel and initrd in order to support kernel
    updates (bnc #757489)
* Mon Apr 16 2012
  - s390: fixed recreateVTOCTable() to wait until the volume
    group has settled before deactivating it in a LVM setup
* Mon Apr 16 2012
  - removed obsolete error console information
* Mon Apr 16 2012
  - kiwi creates a link with filesystem extension pointing to
    the root filesystem image when created. The function
    compressImage creates a .gz version of that root filesystem
    image and therefore break the link. This fix enhances
    compressImage() in a way that it receives the filesystem
    information in order to repair the link
* Mon Apr 16 2012
  - added oem type to s390 JeOS image description
* Mon Apr 16 2012
  - update s390 SLE repo in JeOS template
* Mon Apr 16 2012
  - v5.02.23 released
* Fri Apr 13 2012
  - DB: rebuild documentation
* Fri Apr 13 2012
  - DB: update documentation
* Fri Apr 13 2012
  - added preCallInit hook to be available for the vmx type too
* Fri Apr 13 2012
  - fixed partition based oem install method. parsing proc/partitions
    was broken in OEMFindPartitions because the ID device name was
    used as reference instead of the unix device name
* Thu Apr 12 2012
  - properly pick up splash image for pre-built initrd. At present
    it is not possible to use a splash screen with a prebuilt
    initrd. For a pre-built initrd the splash file is named with
    extension '.spl', but we are loking for the extension '.splash.gz',
    thus the file is not found. With this change we look for the
    file with the appropriate extension.
* Wed Apr 11 2012
  - update list of allowed VMware guestOS values
* Wed Apr 11 2012
  - Fix the handling of the --mbrid command line switch
    The value passed to the --mbrid flag is parsed to an integer by
    GetOptions (format is 'o' = extended integer). There is code
    checking whether this integer is within the expected range and
    formats it as hexadecimal value. But commit:
    introduced a regression in the way the value of the --mbrid flag
    was handled because the value is set using $cmdL -> setMBRID()
    before the range checking and conversion.
* Wed Apr 11 2012
  - prepare the code for the move of the udev tools to the usr
    tree. At present the location of udevadmin is hardcoded to
    /sbin, once the tools move into the /usr tree and a link
    exists the '-x' test will fail. This would result in broken
* Mon Apr 09 2012
  - Do not allow whitespce in the value of the name attribute for the
    <systemdisk> and <volume> elements. At present the user can specify
    a name containing whitespace. This leads to problems that are
    difficult to diagnose in when the user tries to run the resulting
    image, as the image will not properly operate.
* Sun Apr 08 2012
  - Fix ownership issue with persistent tmpdir
    At present the script fails if /var/tmp does not exist. Although /var/tmp
    should always exist, the new code assures proper handling if this directory
    is missing.
* Sun Apr 08 2012
  - Fix race condition in launch script for openNebula test
    At present the test script may cause a condition where the openNebula
    infrastructure issues a "[VirtualMachineAllocate] Error allocating a
    new virtual machine. Could not get disk image for VM." message. Giving
    the system some time to copy the image file eliminates this issue.
* Wed Apr 04 2012
  - v5.02.22 released
* Wed Apr 04 2012
  - fixed missing filesystem resize operation for LVM based images.
    If oem-systemsize and a freespace=all volume is setup kiwi
    resized only the freespace=all volume and missed to resize the
    root volume
* Tue Apr 03 2012
  - fixed XSL stylesheet conversion: convert49to50.xsl
    the apply templates recursion is broken by using another mode
    so the fix is to stay in the same mode and select the value by
    a modified xpath expression
* Mon Apr 02 2012
  - fixed misleading error message when kiwi can't find the
    image file on the pxe download server (bnc #754275)
* Mon Apr 02 2012
  - fixed oem installation with luks encrypted root filesystem
    during the repartitioning the luks setup has to close down
    otherwise the partition table is busy (bnc #754978)
* Mon Apr 02 2012
  - fixed test -z expression
* Mon Apr 02 2012
  - fixed creation of sat job list, eliminate duplicate jobs
* Mon Apr 02 2012
  - make sure solver failed packages/patterns are evaluated in info module
* Sat Mar 31 2012
  - make sure libkmod stays in the initrd
* Sat Mar 31 2012
  - make sure solver problems are evaluated in info module
* Fri Mar 30 2012
  - v5.02.21 released
* Fri Mar 30 2012
  - fixed incorrect fstab entry created for read-only systems
* Fri Mar 30 2012
  - fixed identifyDevice() to calculate the correct index for
    accessing an entry in the deviceArray list
* Fri Mar 30 2012
  - moved from md5_base64 to md5_hex for the creation of random
    repo alias names. md5_base64 could create names with a '/'
    and that causes trouble when checking for the existence of
    the repo file. In order to avoid to implement the same
    escape code as used by zypper in kiwi for such alias names,
    I'd better moved the code to create hex number based alias
* Thu Mar 29 2012
  - make sure ZYPP_LOCKFILE_ROOT is set appropriately when zypper
    is used with --root option (bnc #753818)
* Wed Mar 28 2012
  - fixed updateOtherDeviceFstab() to correctly create missing
    mount points inside the root file system (bnc #754344)
* Wed Mar 28 2012
  - make sure volume group name doesn't contain white spaces
* Fri Mar 23 2012
  - v5.02.20 released
* Thu Mar 22 2012
  - arm: added support for optional ${append} bootargs variable (bnc #752623)
* Tue Mar 20 2012
  - make sure loader variable is initialized
* Mon Mar 19 2012
  - don't use -s option for losetup:
    the option -s is in collision with the Loop-AES losetup dialect that
    is used in some distributions. Use the long version (--show) only.
* Mon Mar 19 2012
  - changed repartition code for LVM concerning the use of
    element '<oem-system-size>' and 'freespace=all' volume:
    * if none of the two is specified, the root will be expanded to
      occupy all available space
    * if only oem-systemsize is specified, the root will be expanded
      as much as specified
    * if only freespace=all is specified (for non-root volume), then
      the root will not be expanded and the other volume will take all
      available space
    * Finally, if both are specified, then the root will be expanded to
      take as much as oem-systemsize requires and any remaining space is
      assigned to the other volume.
* Sat Mar 17 2012
  - fixed compare of object addresses by using refaddr. This is
    more robust because objects can overload operators like '!='
* Sat Mar 17 2012
  - fixed pattern names used in examples (bnc #752754)
* Fri Mar 16 2012
  - v5.02.19 released
* Fri Mar 16 2012
  - fixed order of files in an ova tar archive per spec
    in (bnc #752581)
* Fri Mar 16 2012
  - fixed malformed ovf file. the Envelope properties
    xmlns:rasd and xmlns:vssd are split in two lines with
    an extra quote (") (bnc #752580)
* Fri Mar 16 2012
  - only remove the KIWI created initrd and kernel if mkinitrd run was successful
  - remove unused variable haveVMX
* Thu Mar 15 2012
  - make split building more robust. the read-only partition size
    will be a bit bigger than the actual read-only filesystem image
    to be sure it fits into the partition. Due to the alignment this
    was required and costs a few bytes
* Thu Mar 15 2012
  - make sure kernelCheck() initializes list of kernels if empty (bnc #752259)
* Wed Mar 14 2012
  - don't remove libbz2 from isoboot boot images for SLE11
* Wed Mar 14 2012
  - fixed removePackages() function
    * make sure rpmLibs() is called prior to rpm. if all packages
      are installed by bootstrap only this is required
    * make sure to check for empty $final variable
* Wed Mar 14 2012
  - added ovf format example to examples/suse-12.1/suse-vm-guest
* Wed Mar 14 2012
  - better warning message about required machine section data
* Tue Mar 13 2012
  - run the unit tests in verbose mode during package build
* Mon Mar 12 2012
  - fix Validator test
    Revert f551128061 and d76e57194c, comparison in question checks for
    equality of objects, thus numerical comparison is appropriate
* Fri Mar 09 2012
  - v5.02.18 released
* Fri Mar 09 2012
  - fixed entry for hv_netvsc.ko driver
* Thu Mar 08 2012
  - fixed rpm database consistency check
* Thu Mar 08 2012
  - use string comparison operator for strings and not numeric op
* Thu Mar 08 2012
  - add new kernel module paths for Microsoft HyperV (hv) modules
* Tue Mar 06 2012
  - fixed use of != operator in KIWIXMLValidator
* Tue Mar 06 2012
  - removed the rpmLibs() tricks, all that sucks
* Tue Mar 06 2012
  - fixed typo in
* Tue Mar 06 2012
  - added which based search for dracut/mkinitrd/depmod
* Tue Mar 06 2012
  - remove unused function callSUSEInitrdScripts
    The initrd is created by setupRHELInitrd and setupSUSEInitrd, there is no
    call in the code to callSUSEInitrdScripts
* Mon Mar 05 2012
  - fixed removePackages():
    * use options --noscripts --allmatches
    * respect return code from rpm call
    * make sure proc is mounted
* Mon Mar 05 2012
  - added function updateModuleDependencies() to update the kernel
    modules dependency list. Call this function prior to creating
    the initrd. This allows the user to add custom kernel modules
    and makes sure these get picked up when mkinitrd runs
* Mon Mar 05 2012
  - make removePackages() to work with yum
* Mon Mar 05 2012
  - allow fixup of image min size if given size is too small
  - fixed partition size check
* Mon Mar 05 2012
  - fixed logging of non CR terminated lines when in --logfile mode
* Mon Mar 05 2012
  - v5.02.17 released
* Mon Mar 05 2012
  - follow up fix for handling of console in kiwi initrd (bnc #749900)
    * don't start blogd in kiwi initrd, doesn't make much sense
    * fixed console output, stdout was wrongly redirected
    * make sure utimer also works in the preinit code
* Mon Mar 05 2012
  - v5.02.16 released
* Mon Mar 05 2012
  - arm: fixed installation of MLO loader, wrong path
* Sun Mar 04 2012
  - arm: added following boot fixes:
    * To avoid any issues when parted leaves x86 boot code we
      zero out the first 440 bytes (MBR without ptable). The
      mandatory master boot id to identify the device is written
    * make sure MLO is installed after repart again in
      installBootLoaderUBoot. Also make sure the same MBR cleanup
      code is applied in the kiwi boot code
* Fri Mar 02 2012
  - v5.02.15 released
* Fri Mar 02 2012
  - fixed handling of console in kiwi initrd (bnc #749900)
    * removed use of klogconsole, we want kernel messages at that stage
    * don't use tty devices, use /dev/console and remove kiwistderr
    * allow debug shell only if tty device for it exists
    * don't use extra terminal to show error information. all that
      is stored in /var/log/boot kiwi
* Fri Mar 02 2012
  - added ec2region setup to ec2 example image descriptions
* Fri Mar 02 2012
  - DB: rebuild documentation
* Thu Mar 01 2012
  - fixed default fstab setup to know about /run for udev
* Thu Mar 01 2012
  - update EC2 chapter
    Include information about EC2 tools handling of regions, us-east-1 is the
    default if not otherwise specified via EC2_URL, --url, or --region
* Thu Mar 01 2012
  - fixed initrd module list for ec2 format code
* Wed Feb 29 2012
  - further cleanup of ec2 examples
* Wed Feb 29 2012
  - cleanup ec2 examples
* Tue Feb 28 2012
  - netboot: fixed setup of root device for local boot
* Tue Feb 28 2012
  - added -base kernel packages for ec2 and xenk boot profiles
* Tue Feb 28 2012
  - fixed mkinitrd call in ec2 format code:
    * don't use -A also make sure the exit code of mkinitrd is evaluated
    * make sure all required filesystem modules are added to
      /etc/sysconfig/kernel before calling mkinitrd
* Tue Feb 28 2012
  - respect size setup by user and don't add extra space for
    a possible boot partition
* Mon Feb 27 2012
  - because the input stream from XML is utf-8 encoded it's required
    to set binmode correctly to utf-8 too when writing the data out.
    This is at least required for the profile file inside the initrd
    because it contains data from the XML like the oem boot title
* Sun Feb 26 2012
  - changed partition alignment to align start and size of
    partitions to 4096 bytes. The value can be changed with
    the option --disk-alignment
* Fri Feb 24 2012
  - v5.02.14 released
* Fri Feb 24 2012
  - added support for grub2 based install iso images
* Thu Feb 23 2012
  - v5.02.13 released
* Thu Feb 23 2012
  - follow up and improved fix for basePackBootIncludes to pack
    only items listed in the rpm package filelist but don't
    recursively look them up in the filesystem when tar'ing
    them up (bnc #743159)
* Thu Feb 23 2012
  - added creation of new meta file appdata.xml for product media
* Thu Feb 23 2012
  - don't remove opt and selinux from initrd
* Wed Feb 22 2012
  - added possibility to specify an oem-unattended-id in the
    oemconfig section. The id is evaluated as part of the oem
    install code and can be either the string like it appears
    in dev/disk/by-id or by-path. if the option oem-unattended
    is set to true kiwi will try to assign the install device
    according to the specified id. if the id cannot be found
    a reboot exception is thrown. If no id is specified but
    unattended mode is requested the first entry of the sorted
    device list will be used like before this change
* Wed Feb 22 2012
  - sort list of devices found for installation in suse-dump
* Tue Feb 21 2012
  - remove 'fixed' flagged repositories from boot image descriptions.
    As the boot image inherit the repo setup from the system image
    it's more flexible to let the system image decide for the repos
* Tue Feb 21 2012
  - fixed suseStripModules to return early if no update driver was found
* Tue Feb 21 2012
  - added staging/hv drivers to SLE11 boot image descriptions.
    Beginning with SLE11-SP2 the drivers are part of the standard
    kernel and thus they should be preserved (bnc #747898)
  - with reference to (bnc #747898) a new function called
    suseStripModules() has been added. The function searches
    for update modules and removes the old version which
    might be provided by the standard kernel to prevent
    a load clash
* Tue Feb 21 2012
  - fix improper call off stripImage()
  - fix some cosmetic issues
* Mon Feb 20 2012
  - v5.02.12 released
* Mon Feb 20 2012
  - fixed resetBootBind, the function did not properly check for
    the existence of the boot_bind directory
* Fri Feb 17 2012
  - v5.02.11 released
* Fri Feb 17 2012
  - deactivate volume groups always with their name as argument
  - fixed setDefaultDeviceMap to respect device naming conventions
* Fri Feb 17 2012
  - finally fixed setupBootPartition in a clean way. kiwi creates
    a volume label named 'BOOT' if a boot partition is used.
    setupBootPartition searches for the label and setup the boot
    partition accordingly. Along with the change the functions
    update*BootDeviceFstab and resetBootBind were also adapted.
    There is now only one updateBootDeviceFstab handling the
    boot partition entry for all modes if required
* Thu Feb 16 2012
  - v5.02.10 released
* Thu Feb 16 2012
  - added virtio drivers for sle10 boot image descriptions (bnc #747346)
* Thu Feb 16 2012
  - arm: make boot.script more robust by checking alternative
    variable names for kernel and initrd addresses
* Thu Feb 16 2012
  - fixed checkLVMbind so that it directly reads the LVM
    header from the specified disk device
* Thu Feb 16 2012
  - arm: fixed installation of MLO loader, wrong path
* Thu Feb 16 2012
  - call resetBootBind before preinit (bnc #747241)
* Wed Feb 15 2012
  - removed use of suseRemovePackagesMarkedForDeletion
* Wed Feb 15 2012
  - arm: renamed image descriptions to 'Factory'
  - arm: removed use of suseRemovePackagesMarkedForDeletion
* Wed Feb 15 2012
  - arm: added vram setup to JeOS description
  - arm: fixed boot.script setup on first boot
* Wed Feb 15 2012
  - DB: update documentation, added chapter about image caching
* Wed Feb 15 2012
  - arm: added mmc sd card drivers to boot image descriptions
* Wed Feb 15 2012
  - don't call and when in --init-cache mode
  - don't evaluate packages type="delete" section in --init-cache mode
  - added check for rpm binary in cleanupRPMDatabase
* Tue Feb 14 2012
  - arm: make creation of boot.script more generic by using
    kerneladdr and ramdiskaddr variables
  - arm: fixed JeOS console setup for efika, setup baudrate
* Tue Feb 14 2012
  - added newline for messages waiting for status flag when
    they are written to the kiwi log file. It hurts when
    multiple log messages are written without a newline
* Mon Feb 13 2012
  - arm: fixed setup of boot.script, missing redirect
* Fri Feb 10 2012
  - v5.02.9 released
* Fri Feb 10 2012
  - added support for iso boot process from external loader
    If the boot option isofrom="storage-device:path/to/iso"
    is given the isoboot initrd will try to use the contents
    of this device to boot up the system. This allows to
    externally load the linux kernel and initrd with e.g
    grub2's loopback support and let the iso image exist
    as a file instead of being dumped on a target device
    Details on the use case can be found in (bnc #746351)
* Thu Feb 09 2012
  - remove superfluous boot.local
* Thu Feb 09 2012
  - store mbrid for iso images as Application ID and not as Volume ID
* Wed Feb 08 2012
  - fixed importFile function to export only prefixed version
    of the variable if there is a prefix and not both (bnc #732247)
* Wed Feb 08 2012
  - fixed import of dhcp info file (bnc #745548)
* Wed Feb 08 2012
  - migration changes:
    * apply deny files on packaged dir list to speedup File::Find
    * added patternType plusRecommended
    * added comment about package prefer problem
    * added path resolver function
* Wed Feb 08 2012
  - migration: fixed service setup, use chkconfig
* Tue Feb 07 2012
  - migration: fixed oemboot prefix setup
* Mon Feb 06 2012
  - arm: Now that x-loader on OMAP can boot from ext2, let's also
    teach kiwi about that awesome new capability. This gets rid of
    the vfat based boot partition and moves it to an ext2 based
    one. Additionally the 64MB limit on the boot partition is gone
    because the MLO is installed in the first 128kb of the disk
    and is no longer part of the boot partition. Kudos to Alexander
    Graf you added all this.
* Mon Feb 06 2012
  - s390: fixed bootdevice setup for zipl
* Mon Feb 06 2012
  - added rootfs check to ec2 format code
* Sat Feb 04 2012
  - clean up delete lists for 12.1 boot image descriptions
* Sat Feb 04 2012
  - run xml validation on source tree
* Fri Feb 03 2012
  - clean up to perlcritic level 5
* Fri Feb 03 2012
  - fixed typo in flavour name: efikaFlavour
* Fri Feb 03 2012
  - fixed setup of LOADER_TYPE for /etc/sysconfig/bootloader in
    setupBootLoaderLilo(). Depending on the architecture this
    value is different
* Fri Feb 03 2012
  - v5.02.8 released
* Fri Feb 03 2012
  - moved validation of delete section into setup() routine
  - dont't use basePackBootIncludes/baseUnpackBootIncludes anymore
    this conflicts with bootincluded packages marked for deletion
* Thu Feb 02 2012
  - keep only the uBoot initrd representation and remove the
    gzip version of the initrd from the boot partition. This
    saves some space urgently needed because on arm the boot
    partition is fixed 64MB
* Thu Feb 02 2012
  - add unit test for getExecArgsFormat() method of KIWILocator
  - implement helper executables for the test in new bin directory
  - fix logic errors in getExecArgsFormat() found by unit test implementation
* Wed Feb 01 2012
  - migration: fixed repo dir detection
* Wed Feb 01 2012
  - migration: sort repo list information
* Wed Feb 01 2012
  - migration: write cache early enough
* Wed Feb 01 2012
  - migration: added support for svn detection
* Wed Feb 01 2012
  - fixed use of uninitialized value in the locator
* Wed Feb 01 2012
  - migration changes:
    * added progress information while creating custom tree
    * make custom files creation much faster
    * make modified files creation faster
* Mon Jan 30 2012
  - allow use of merged solvable in KIWISatSolver
* Mon Jan 30 2012
  - migration: ignore weak-update links
* Mon Jan 30 2012
  - migration changes:
    * create custom tree for unpackaged files/dirs based on hardlinks
    * don't copy entire etc/ directory, doesn't make sense to have all
      especially packages stuff in the overlay tree
    * adapt deny list, ignore bootsplash and bootloader data for
* Fri Jan 27 2012
  - fix spec file, version of RPM on SLE does not handle %else if directives
    thus we get a dependency to qemu-img is created, but this package does
    not exist on SLE.
* Fri Jan 27 2012
  - v5.02.7 released
* Fri Jan 27 2012
  - clean to perl critic
* Fri Jan 27 2012
  - In RHEL/CentOS distributions the qemu-img program is packaged
    in qemu-img not in qemu or virt-utils.
* Fri Jan 27 2012
  - enhanced RHEL6 JeOS
    * added default ifcfg-eth0 connecting via dhcp
    * switch off firstboot start via sysconfig/firstboot
    * added profiles RedHat and CentOS to build for both targets
* Thu Jan 26 2012
  - v5.02.6 released
* Thu Jan 26 2012
  - fixed setupKernelModules and init call for CentOS
* Wed Jan 25 2012
  - implement method to allow us to handle different command line argument
    implementations, i.e. -longOpt vs --longOpt. This problem is currently
    experienced on different versions of the isohybrid executable
  - use newly implemented method to properly determine the argument format
    when calling the isohybrid executable. Really fixes (bnc #742836)
* Wed Jan 25 2012
  - fixed error console setup in arm JeOS description
* Tue Jan 24 2012
  - v5.02.5 released
* Tue Jan 24 2012
  - really fixed basePackBootIncludes to pack only files and don't
    break if packages includes symbolic links (bnc #743159)
* Tue Jan 24 2012
  - added support for oem image type for the arm architecture
* Tue Jan 24 2012
  - fixed call of isohybrid, there is no -o option but -offset
* Tue Jan 24 2012
  - clean ProductData, RepoMetaHandler, and Root modules to perl critic
* Tue Jan 24 2012
  - eliminate previously removed SatSolverLegacy file from
    check lists in the pre-commit hook
* Mon Jan 23 2012
  - v5.02.4 released
* Mon Jan 23 2012
  - check if fbiterm binary really exists and don't assume it's
    there just because a framebuffer device exists. Also cleanup
    the Dialog function to work without a framebuffer
* Mon Jan 23 2012
  - ignore additional files (emacs backup, localization, temporaries)
* Mon Jan 23 2012
  - fixed setup of root partition for LVM images
* Mon Jan 23 2012
  - fixed repo and config setup for RHEL6 JeOS
* Mon Jan 23 2012
  - create hybrid ISOs at offset 64. This fixes (bnc #742836)
* Fri Jan 20 2012
  - migration changes:
    * add support for local repo (git) checkout detection
    * search for unpacked symlinks whose origin is packaged
* Fri Jan 20 2012
  - migration: added support for gem inspection
* Thu Jan 19 2012
  - make media check more user friendly. check if checkmedia
    returns successfully and print a message. After that wait
    for keypress and don't reboot (bnc #728384)
* Thu Jan 19 2012
  - migration: fixed creation of unpackaged files information
* Thu Jan 19 2012
  - fixed basePackBootIncludes to pack only files from boot
    included rpm packages but not entire directories
* Wed Jan 18 2012
  - make sure rhel oemboot descriptions are packaged
* Wed Jan 18 2012
  - fixed RHEL6 JeOS used group names
* Wed Jan 18 2012
  - removed staging/hv drivers from SLE11, they conflict with
    the kmp package provided on SLE11
* Wed Jan 18 2012
  - fixed error handling in XML info module when sources can't be found
* Tue Jan 17 2012
  - DB: update schema documentation
* Tue Jan 17 2012
  - added type attribute devicepersistency which allows to set
    by-uuid, by-label or by-path device names. by default by-id
    device names are used
* Tue Jan 17 2012
  - update rhel support:
    * incorporate non suse specific kiwi patches to rhel boot code
    * added rhel6 support for vmx image type
    * added rhel6 support for oem image type
    * added rhel6 JeOS image template
* Mon Jan 16 2012
  - fixed root device name setup due to changed partition layout
* Mon Jan 16 2012
  - changed the way how kiwi detects live and install ISO media.
    The volume ID of a live and install iso is now a unique ID.
    On boot the devices are searched to match that ID
* Sun Jan 15 2012
  - follow up fix for last commit. Moved the calculation of
    the seek value into the getBlocks function and also fixed
    the function in terms of non reachable code
* Sat Jan 14 2012
  - fix "off by 1" error
    The created image is either 1M or 8K larger than the created partition
    for images that require a boot partition (XFS or Btrfs filesystems).
    This triggers a failure when the image is dumped to the partition in the
    disk image. See mailinglist thread
* Fri Jan 13 2012
  - added support for setupBootLoaderGrub2 and installBootLoaderGrub2
    in kiwi's initrd code. The functions are called on first deployment
    of the image and create the system bootloader configuration via
    grub2-mkconfig and grub2-install
* Fri Jan 13 2012
  - make sure default strip type="delete" information from
    KIWIConfig.txt is used even if a custom strip section
    was defined
* Fri Jan 13 2012
  - deactivate the use of basePackBootIncludes/baseUnpackBootIncludes
    These functions can be used to preserve and restore the contents
    of bootincluded packages/archives. We used it to prevent removal
    of files by the suseStripInitrd function. Due to the change of
    suseStripInitrd we are now more flexible to control what stays in-
    and what should be removed from the initrd which makes the use
    of basePackBootIncludes/baseUnpackBootIncludes obsolete
* Thu Jan 12 2012
  - v5.02.3 released
* Thu Jan 12 2012
  - find a way to install grub2 into a partition :)
* Wed Jan 11 2012
  - first start of supporting grub2 in kiwi, still missing parts are:
    * graphics boot setup, no font or theme is provided by SUSE
    * first boot setup, it's not clear if we use grub2-mkconfig
      or if kiwi has to write the configuration by itself
    * recovery grub2 setup, this normally means install grub into
      a partition. So far I wasn't able to install grub2 at another
      place than the MBR
* Wed Jan 11 2012
  - increased wait timeout for CDDevice search
* Tue Jan 10 2012
  - added staging/hv drivers to 12.1 and SLE11 boot images
* Tue Jan 10 2012
  - allow by-uuid device persistency via the kernel
    commandline option USE_BY_UUID_DEVICE_NAMES=1
* Tue Jan 10 2012
  - removing references to online repos from the sle boot images (bnc #734887)
    * Virtualization:/Appliances:/suse-sle11
    * Virtualization:/Appliances:/suse-sle10
* Tue Jan 10 2012
  - clean up spec file, don't require perl-satsolver but recommend it
* Tue Jan 10 2012
  - removed obsolete repo reference from KIWISatSolver module
  - removed obsolete KIWISatSolverLegacy module and satplugin
* Tue Jan 10 2012
  - added additional data to the XML info module:
    * repository url per package to the packages info
    * adaption of the legacy kiwi SaT binding
* Mon Jan 09 2012
  - added additional data to the XML info module:
    * checksum and checksum type information to packages info
    * priority, username and password information to sources info
* Mon Jan 09 2012
  - alphasort the driver and package entries in the boot descriptions
    This aids comparison between base distributions and boot types. It also
    helps in avoiding duplicate entries if changes need to be made (see mistake
    in a recent commit)
* Mon Jan 09 2012
  - update SLE10/11 JeOS README
* Mon Jan 09 2012
  - fixed missing btrfs driver entries
* Mon Jan 09 2012
  - fixed typo: s/btrfsprogrs/btrfsprogs
* Sun Jan 08 2012
  - netboot: added a check for the boot partition in a LUKS
    setup. if root is LUKS encrypted the local boot setup only
    works with a proper boot partition. If such a partition is
    not found the local boot setup will be skipped (bnc #735112)
* Sun Jan 08 2012
  - make setup of boot device and updateOtherDeviceFstab
    more robust. This is related to bug (bnc #735112)
* Sun Jan 08 2012
  - fixed typo, doubled driver entry
* Sat Jan 07 2012
  - v5.02.2 released
* Sat Jan 07 2012
  - make sure xfs_growfs and xfs_check stay in the initrd (bnc #740073)
* Sat Jan 07 2012
  - fixed rebuild of rpm database (bnc #740033)
* Sat Jan 07 2012
  - fixed possible use of uninitialized value in string comparison
* Sat Jan 07 2012
  - fixed indention spaces vs. tabs at some code points
* Fri Jan 06 2012
  - Properly support image builds for SLE with xfs and btrfs filesystem
    The initrd image descriptions previously did not include necessary
    drivers and packages (bnc #740073)
* Fri Jan 06 2012
  - v5.02.1 released
* Fri Jan 06 2012
  - fixed typo when calling createPartitionerInput
* Fri Jan 06 2012
  - fixed __checkTypeConfigConsist to allow valid combinations
* Thu Jan 05 2012
  - add new XML consistency check to verify that type configuration settings
    are compatible with the specified image type to be built.
  - update unit test module for validator and implement test cases
* Wed Jan 04 2012
  - fix gpg signature import
    The failure is triggered by a behavior changes of /usr/lib/rpm/gnupg/dumpsigs
    on openSUSE 12.1. The updated implementation must be called with a comand
    line argument, i.e. the gpg file. Previous implementations (checked
    openSUSE 11.4 and SLES 11 SP1) of dumpsigs also accept this commandline
    argument, thus the change is backward compatible.
* Wed Jan 04 2012
  - adapt oem boot/repart code to changed partition layout
* Tue Jan 03 2012
  - adapt vmx boot code to changed partition layout
* Tue Jan 03 2012
  - changed partition layout to setup the boot partition
    as first partition in any case not only for LVM
* Mon Jan 02 2012
  - make sure a new master boot id is written on bootloader install
* Sun Jan 01 2012
  - clean Log, Manager, and Migrate modules to critic level5
* Fri Dec 23 2011
  - cleanup partition code in
* Thu Dec 22 2011
  - arm: add fixed mac address for panda board which doesn't have an eeprom
* Thu Dec 22 2011
  - arm: fixed creation of boot.script in setupBootLoaderUBoot
  - arm: fixed kernelList() function to work with arm uImages
* Thu Dec 22 2011
  - added securetty overlay file for arm to allow login on
    serial console ttyO2
* Wed Dec 21 2011
  - added SnapshotChunk and SnapshotCount to global space
* Wed Dec 21 2011
  - fixed creation of filelist for cache selection
  - fixed creation of cache meta data
* Tue Dec 20 2011
  - run pretty printer on XML description to create a clean state
* Tue Dec 20 2011
  - arm: kiwi-tools is required in the initrd. as it builds now we
    can safely add it to the vmxboot description
* Tue Dec 20 2011
  - arm: if everything is installed in bootstrap, zypper needs to be
    added as an explicit package
* Tue Dec 20 2011
  - arm: better JeOS description. added less and systemd-sysvinit
    also added a pandaFlavour profile which is imported by default
    and includes the kernel-omap2plus plus u-boot-omap4panda useful
    for panda boards. That way we can easily extend the image
    description to be suitable for other boards
* Tue Dec 20 2011
  - fixed spec file for arm build, make sure kiwi-templates has
    the correct arm JeOS template and also exclude templates from
    main kiwi package correctly
* Mon Dec 19 2011
  - arm: better name for the kernel profile on panda boards: omap4panda
  - arm: added internal helper repo to the JeOS template as comment
* Mon Dec 19 2011
  - added support for arm based images with kiwi
    * added vmxboot image description for armv7l
    * added kernel profiles: tegra (tegra boards), omap2plus (panda boards),
      omap3beagle (beagle boards) and imx51 (efika boards).
      Tested only on panda and there are still plenty of problems.
      Don't expect this support to be ready and stable !
    * added JeOS example image for arm, target SLE12
    * added support for uboot loader
* Sun Dec 18 2011
  - stay compatible with fdisk when using the CHS (cylinder,head,sector) values
* Fri Dec 16 2011
  - make sure the recovery partition is big enough
* Fri Dec 16 2011
  - fixed typo in variable naming, a byte value should be in a
    variable whose name makes sure this actually is a byte value
* Fri Dec 16 2011
  - add writeXMLDiff method stub in test logger implementation to mimick the
    regular log object, this fixes the test failures when running tests as root
* Fri Dec 16 2011
  - added end partition alignment which needs to be aligned to
    head/sectors (aka 255*63 in the loopback case). The end sector
    needs to end one block before the next cylinder starts.
    Additionally the value for what the kernel thinks about
    the heads sectors and sectorsize can be set via:
    * --bios-heads
    * --bios-sectors
    * --bios-sector-size
* Fri Dec 16 2011
  - change resource file hierarchy, the resource file in the local directory
    wins over the one in the home directory (
  - clean to level 5 critic
  - partial level 5 critic clean of
* Fri Dec 16 2011
  - DB: rebuild documentation
* Thu Dec 15 2011
  - add support for the new Amazon EC2 South America (announced as Sao Paulo)
* Wed Dec 14 2011
  - fixed xen initrd inflate/deflate problem. Xen see the bootsplash
    at the end of the initrd as garbage and refuses to boot. With this
    patch we skip the bootsplash setup if it's xen (bnc #736491)
* Wed Dec 14 2011
  - fixed detection of clean-root before we remove it (bnc #736003)
* Wed Dec 14 2011
  - fixed disktype setup in getOVFConfig
* Wed Dec 14 2011
  - fixed SDK url's in the ppc boot images
* Wed Dec 14 2011
  - DB: rebuild schema documentation
* Wed Dec 14 2011
  - fixed/unify spec file license names/setup
* Wed Dec 14 2011
  - revert commit: 43be86a0aa57fb393e914c03d9c621b1dec0eb31
    moved hook calls pre/postpartition back inside of the block
* Wed Dec 14 2011
  - removed used of binary only ovftool and added native support
    for creating the ovf machine description. So far only the
    basic information is setup in the ovf but this will be
    enhanced according to user requests. Along with the change
    support for the ova format has been added as well. ova is
    tar container including the actual image plus a manifest
    and the ovf XML description
* Tue Dec 13 2011
  - fix the OpenNebula example cloud node setup to ensure the cloud admin
    home directory gets properly nfs mounted on reboot for 12.1 using systemd
* Mon Dec 12 2011
  - fixed BEGIN block evaluation in
* Mon Dec 12 2011
  - add a 30 second timeout for the LWP:UserAgent
* Mon Dec 12 2011
  - DB: rebuild documentation
* Fri Dec 09 2011
  - v5.01.8 released
* Fri Dec 09 2011
  - fixed udev database transfer. udev stores the database in /run and
    in /dev/.udev. kiwi did not take care for the information in /run
    which has a bad impact on systemd waiting for udev events which did
    not appear. Along with this fix the changes from commit 1a12ad0974ea
    were partially reverted. The obsolete udev rule is gone again and
    we don't use the exit control signal in udevSystemStop. The more
    failsafe udev exit code in the initrd udevKill() function has been
    tested and will stay there (bnc #731457)
* Fri Dec 09 2011
  - v5.01.7 released
* Fri Dec 09 2011
  - change the suggested repo for the aoetools package to be server:/ltsp
    the previously suggested project system:/aoetools does not appear to
    be maintained
* Thu Dec 08 2011
  - fixed split boot. setupBootPartition() behaved incorrectly
    with the split image because the read-write part is also
    used to store the boot configuration in this mode
* Thu Dec 08 2011
  - fixed --grub-chainload setup. In this mode the mbr from the
    master-boot-code package is used to call the grub installed
    into a partition. The code there was broken in a way that the
    filesystem on that partition was damaged
* Thu Dec 08 2011
  - fixed boot device setup for split build
* Thu Dec 08 2011
  - update 12.1 examples
    * there is no default pattern anymore
    * don't use recommended packages, zypper behaves strange here
      and starts to install a kernel-debug and other unwanted
* Thu Dec 08 2011
  - fixed 32bit xen domU build for 12.1 JeOS template
    xen and xen-tools only exists on 64bit 12.1 distro
* Thu Dec 08 2011
  - update example to work with OpenNebula 3.0 packages in OBS
  - open nebula example fixes regarding network detection on cloud node
  - open nebula example update the 12.1 example to work with systemd
* Thu Dec 08 2011
  - fixed some typos when displaying schema validation error messages
* Wed Dec 07 2011
  - fixed repo file check if alias names with '/' content is used
* Wed Dec 07 2011
  - fixed handling of dm devices in udev database of the
    kiwi initrd to prevent systemd to block on boot (bnc #731457)
    * try to shutdown udev with 'udevadm control --exit'
    * try to cleanup udev database with 'udevadm info --cleanup-db'
    * add persistent udev rule for dm devices
* Wed Dec 07 2011
  - fixed rpmLibs() baselibs setup to use a tmp copy of
    ldconfig from the host system to allow to work with
    the other library tmp copies
* Mon Dec 05 2011
  - clean up build process
    * moved swig to libsatsolver-devel. Only required if kiwi builds
      the legacy satsolver module if no perl-satsolver exists
    * removed trang to get rid of java dependency. trang is used to
      transform kiwi's rnc schema code into the rng syntax. If the
      rng is up to date the build doesn't have to create it though
    * removed obsolete Qt requirement. The tool which needed this
      is not packaged/required anymore
    * make the build work for the arm architecture
* Mon Dec 05 2011
  - remove obsolete code and speedup removal of files in suseStripInitrd
* Fri Dec 02 2011
  - v5.01.6 released
* Fri Dec 02 2011
  - fixed changelog creation tool:
    * date string is not recognized if not from a +X timezone
    * indention of sub entries not correctly set
* Fri Dec 02 2011
  - fix the systemctl command for inserting and removing services for systemd
    the command is systemctl enable/disable NAME.service not service_NAME.service
* Fri Dec 02 2011
  - v5.01.5 released
* Thu Dec 01 2011
  - fixed suseInsertService and suseRemoveService to use
    systemctl if systemd is installed
* Wed Nov 30 2011
  - remove systemd specific check, systemd is the default for
    12.1, no specific entry is required in menu.lst
  - add quiet commandline option in menu.lst to avoid having
    kernel message show up in the console for 12.1
* Tue Nov 29 2011
  - fixed setLoopDeviceMap() to work with yaboot
* Tue Nov 29 2011
  - fixed setLVMDeviceMap() to work with yaboot
* Tue Nov 29 2011
  - cleanup device map setup for ppc and integrate yaboot bootloader
    setup into the setupBootLoaderStages and setupBootLoaderConfiguration
    functions like all others
* Mon Nov 28 2011
  - added support for plain tar image type named 'tbz'. This image
    type just builds a bz2 compressed tarball from the prepared tree
    as requested in report (bnc #732797)
* Mon Nov 28 2011
  - fixed unit test for valid arch check
* Fri Nov 25 2011
  - before adding a repo check if it already exists.
    if yes remove it prior to add it
* Fri Nov 25 2011
  - v5.01.4 released
* Fri Nov 25 2011
  - fixed parameter quoting of setupBootLoader() functions (bnc #729315)
* Thu Nov 24 2011
  - fixed unused declaration of result variable
* Thu Nov 24 2011
  - sed -ie behaves differently than sed -i -e, weird
* Thu Nov 24 2011
  - fixed zypper repo setup. Don't let --raw-cache-dir point to
    cache-dir. Redirecting raw-cache-dir to cache-dir makes packages/
    and solv/ appear to be orphaned raw metadata caches for ex-repos
    packages and solv. Also don't re-add the repo if it's already
    there. Just update the path for local repos to work with the
    bind mounted path inside the chroot. (bnc #731090)
* Thu Nov 24 2011
  - fixed spec file to build on RHEL as well
* Thu Nov 24 2011
  - added s390 pxeboot client configuration examples
* Wed Nov 23 2011
  - clean up ppc code. make sure loader variable is passed to the
    yaboot configuration. Also handle partition layout and bootloader
    setup according to the bootloader value and not according to
    the architecture value
* Wed Nov 23 2011
  - properly handle specification of "scsi" controller type for VMWare images
    This requires the "-o scsi" option to be present for the qemu-img command
    on the build machine.
  - implement new check in RuntimeChecker to verify that qemu-img supports proper
    option if controller="scsi" is specified and a vmdk image is being built
  - clean KIWIRuntimeChecker to critic level 4
* Tue Nov 22 2011
  - fixed --info/packages output to respect image typed packages
    sections. getInstallSize() now behaves the same like when the
    system is actually prepared
* Tue Nov 22 2011
  - v5.01.3 released
* Tue Nov 22 2011
  - allow initrd variable NON_PERSISTENT_DEVICE_NAMES. If set
    to a non empty string it will cause getDiskID() to return
    the non persistent kernel device node name like /dev/sda.
    This is to support storage devices with name conflicts
    when using the udev generated node names.
* Mon Nov 21 2011
  - wait a second before rereading the partition table in initGeometry
* Mon Nov 21 2011
  - apply quoting of .profile contents during build (bnc #729315)
* Mon Nov 21 2011
  - fixed inode count calculation. Since vmmbytes is the image
    size in MB, we need to mutiply it to get the count right
    because inode ratio is in bytes/inode
* Mon Nov 21 2011
  - update repo paths for kiwi specific rhel6 packages
* Mon Nov 21 2011
  - fixed call of checkmedia (bnc #730763)
* Mon Nov 21 2011
  - v5.01.2 released
* Mon Nov 21 2011
  - fixed creation of useless udev tmpfs in udevStart() because this
    is created as devtmpfs/tmpfs properly in createInitialDevices()
    which is called in udevStart
* Mon Nov 21 2011
  - in LVM case on ppc the boot partition should be fat16 (part type c)
* Sun Nov 20 2011
  - shorten verification message in suse-dump
* Sun Nov 20 2011
  - cleanup run-init code, prevent redundant calls
* Sun Nov 20 2011
  - make sure /sbin/ifup stays in the initrd
* Fri Nov 18 2011
  - prevent umount of fstab listed subvolumes before calling systemd.
    The former sysvinit did not like if another than the root filesystem
    was mounted at call time but systemd handles this differently and
    times out when processing the fstab listed entries
* Thu Nov 17 2011
  - make sure fat16 is used for boot partition on ppc
* Thu Nov 17 2011
  - adapt common changes in the x86 oem boot code to the ppc code
    also make sure partition table layout on ppc is the same than
    on all other architectures
* Thu Nov 17 2011
  - adapt common changes in the x86 oem boot code to the s390 code
* Wed Nov 16 2011
  - use $pID instead of fixed number
* Wed Nov 16 2011
  - DB: rebuild documentation
* Wed Nov 16 2011
  - DB: update documentation, added section about boot image customization
  - DB: update documentation, added list of hook names and their meaning
* Tue Nov 15 2011
  - added isoboot description for rhel/centos 6.0
* Tue Nov 15 2011
  - fixed getDeleteList() to take care if a package was added as
    bootincluded that it is not removed by an entry in the delete
    type packages section. A warning message is added to the log
    file that this package is ignored in the delete list, thus it
    will be installed. This problem often appear if one added a
    package to be included in the initrd but the initrd image
    description marked this package as to be deleted
* Tue Nov 15 2011
  - make sure the default strip tools and libs are appended if
    one has specified such a strip section in the system image
    description (bnc #720933)
* Tue Nov 15 2011
  - added lvm2 to 12.1 JeOS
* Tue Nov 15 2011
  - added support for dracut in setupRHELInitrd
* Tue Nov 15 2011
  - allow strip sections to be part of the system image. This provides
    full control over the initrd striping code for items to delete and
    tools and libraries to stay (bnc #720933)
* Tue Nov 15 2011
  - removed fixed strip lists from suseStripInitrd() and provide a
    default strip table in KIWIConfig.txt. There is now the strip section
    which can be of type 'delete', 'libs' or 'tools' the delete typed
    section specifies files to remove from the initrd. The tools typed
    section specifies the tool names in /bin|/sbin|/usr/bin/|/usr/sbin
    which should stay whereas all other tools in that directories are
    removed. And the libs typed section specifies those libraries which
    has to stay whereas all other libraries without any ldd reference
    are removed. (bnc #720933)
* Tue Nov 15 2011
  - save some space in the initrd by removing licenses and iptables
    packages. Added them in the type="delete" sections
* Mon Nov 14 2011
  - fixed typo in error message
* Sun Nov 13 2011
  - fixed spec file: rhel vmxboot available on x86 and x86_64 only
* Fri Nov 11 2011
  - add collection of perlcritic exceptions to the statistics collector
  - change collector such that only the next scan time is written and
    not he whole "old" content that does not change. New data is added to the
    file at the end
  - add the doc stats collector provided by Thomas, this is not yet integrated,
    but I thought we shouldn't loose the code
  - register the collector code in the hook
* Fri Nov 11 2011
  - DB: rebuild documentation, mention Microsoft HyperV (vhd) format
* Fri Nov 11 2011
  - update kiwi --help output to show supported vhd format
* Fri Nov 11 2011
  - renamed image format vpc to vhd. vhd seems to be the well
    known name for Microsoft HyperV images (bnc #729857)
* Fri Nov 11 2011
  - v5.01.1 released
* Fri Nov 11 2011
  - make sure IFS is restored in fdasdGetPartitionID
* Fri Nov 11 2011
  - integrate unit test run into the pre-commit hook
    * if a file is changed that has an associated unit test and the
      test has not been executed after the changes were made the test is
      run prior to commit
  - fix the runTest code to generate a timestamp file when a test is run and
    it succeeds
  - clean up,, and KIWIXMLValidator.t to
    critic level 4
    * clean up used to test new hook functionality
  - clean up to critic level 5
    * clean up used to test new hook functionality
* Fri Nov 11 2011
  - fixed type in runTests, also set execution bit on the script
* Fri Nov 11 2011
  - fixed creation of initial aligned partition table in
    In SuSE studio the loop device which is normally the target for
    parted is relinked behind the scene to a virtio device. As result
    parted now sees a real disk geometry and that induced the bug in
    kiwi which is not visible if it operates on the file mapped loop
    device only. Looking at that partition code has turned out that
    the alignment is broken which in the end broke the repartition
    process in the first boot of an oem install image. The code is
    now fixed to work properly on any storage device (bnc #729636)
* Thu Nov 10 2011
  - modify Makefile to create timestamp files when tests are run
  - add .gitignore file to ignore timestamp files and timestamp directory
  - implement trigger files
    * each trigger file contains a list of tests that should be run when
      the module with the equivalent name is changed. For example if
      changes, the tests listed in KIWIXML.trig will be run
  - implement runTests
    * contains the logic to execute tests as needed based on the trigger files
      and dependent on the timestamps
    * this script needs to be integrated into the pre-commit hook to assure the
      appropriate tests get run prior to commit
* Thu Nov 10 2011
  - update rng schema due to last change in rnc
* Thu Nov 10 2011
  - fixed fdasdGetPartitionID() it was completely broken.
    The function evaluates the wrong information and was
    also syntactically wrong... I should tell myself each
    day 'never code in a hurry'
* Thu Nov 10 2011
  - add Perl module compile check to pre-commit hook
    * any Perl file (ending in .t, .pl, .pl that is changed is run through
      "perl -wc" prior to commit to assure the code at least builds
  - clean the KIWIArchlist module to critic level 5 and fix the style
    to match the rest of the code
* Thu Nov 10 2011
  - fixed parameter quoting in setupBootLoader (bnc #729315)
* Thu Nov 10 2011
  - fix unit tests
    * earlier update of ktLog broke the tests due to initialization problem
      with q{ } vs q{}, the later producing an empty string, the former a
      string with one space character, thus not empty. Empty string
      initialization is required in other parts of the code.
* Thu Nov 10 2011
  - include new EC2 region (US-West2), update the EC2 kernel IDs to the newly released v1.02 IDs, update code and docs, also fix the regular expression in hook to properly deal with .txt extension, i.e. ignore those files
* Thu Nov 10 2011
  - fix compile error (errant character g at EOL)
* Wed Nov 09 2011
  - make sure partedSectorInit() comes up with an initial value for
    the start sector if the partition table is empty (bnc #729251)
* Wed Nov 09 2011
  - turn all fixed flaged http:// URI's in the x86 boot images into
    more flexible obs:// URI's
* Wed Nov 09 2011
  - if an obs:// path can't be resolved, turn it into an opensuse path
    and try again. That way you can use one URI to build the image
    inside the buildservice and also outside with network access
* Wed Nov 09 2011
  - changed cache creation. the cache is created from the image
    description referenced by --init-cache and we prevent the
    split into packages and patterns and the weird cache template
    in modules/ This allows to create cache only
    image descriptions whose only purpose is to create caches
* Wed Nov 09 2011
  - fixed doubled my declaration of the same variable
* Wed Nov 09 2011
  - level 5 critic clean up, fix up the level 5 list in the hook
* Wed Nov 09 2011
  level 5 clean up of Collect and style clean up to make it match the style of the rest of the KIWI code
* Tue Nov 08 2011
  - remove tmpdir directory only if it exists
* Tue Nov 08 2011
  - fixed setLogFile path writable check (bnc #728885)
* Tue Nov 08 2011
  - removed dead code in iso boot code due to the removal of
    the swap file support (bnc #728645)
* Tue Nov 08 2011
  - added options --xattrs and --acls when using rsync
* Tue Nov 08 2011
  - fixed importFile to filter out empty lines and also match
    comment lines starting with space/tab before '#' (bnc #728357)
* Tue Nov 08 2011
  - use mktemp to create tmp dir in setupInstallFlags
* Tue Nov 08 2011
  - v4.99.1 released
* Tue Nov 08 2011
  - fixed importFile to allow '\' characters (bnc #728357)
* Tue Nov 08 2011
  - work on critic level 5 clean up, this is mostly low hanging fruit.
    Also cleaned up the level 5 list in the hook for files that were
    already level 5 clean
* Tue Nov 08 2011
  - include test code in perlcritic checks, clean ktTestCase to level 3
* Mon Nov 07 2011
  - critic: now at level 2
  - critic: now at level 5
  - critic: added .perlcriticrc with following settings:
    * allow mixed case naming
    * no check for module VERSION
    * disable check for RCS strings
* Mon Nov 07 2011
  - fixed importFile() to correctly match variable names and
    make it more robust against quoting issues (bnc #728357)
* Mon Nov 07 2011
  - make sure importFile() stays backward compatible and ensures
    proper quoting. Also make sure the prefixed variable copy is
    only created if a prefix was set (bnc #728357)
* Mon Nov 07 2011
  - switch from tar to rsync based copies. Reason for the change is
    because tar doesn't support file attributes like xattr,acls
    and fscaps (bnc #728312)
* Mon Nov 07 2011
  - removed left over debug message from
* Mon Nov 07 2011
  - DB: rebuild documentation
* Mon Nov 07 2011
  - DB: update documentation, correct quoting for config.<MAC>
* Mon Nov 07 2011
  - DB: rebuild documentation
* Mon Nov 07 2011
  - DB: update documentation, correct quoting for config.<MAC>
* Mon Nov 07 2011
  - don't create a swap file if no swap partition can be found in
    the live iso boot code. people complained about the creation
    of swap files while this is not expected.
* Sun Nov 06 2011
  - fixed setupNetworkInterfaceS390 qeth_configure execution
  - added setupNetworkInterfaceS390 to s390 netboot preinit
    to create the relevant udev rules
* Sun Nov 06 2011
  - initial implementation of code statistics collector
* Sat Nov 05 2011
  - added git pre-commit hook to check the code with perlcritic
    git hooks are placed as source in the git in '.git-hooks'
  - put KIWIURL module to level 5
  - put KIWILocator module to level 4
* Sat Nov 05 2011
  - clean up to level 5 perlcritic, also found some syntax errors
* Fri Nov 04 2011
  - added new chapter providing basic installation instructions
* Thu Nov 03 2011
  - v4.98.14 released
* Thu Nov 03 2011
  - fixed check for empty variable in shell code
* Thu Nov 03 2011
  - v4.98.13 released
* Thu Nov 03 2011
  - setupDefaultGateway uses route but route was not part of the initrd
* Thu Nov 03 2011
  - fdasdGetPartitionID uses awk but awk was not part of the initrd
* Thu Nov 03 2011
  - moved hook calls pre/postpartition outside of the block
    which allows to skip the partition code via the hook
* Wed Nov 02 2011
  - fixed repartition code to create an aligned table (bnc #721580)
* Mon Oct 31 2011
  - setup PXE_IFACE interface only if PXE_IFACE exists in the
    environment. When using zPXE this variable does not exist
* Mon Oct 31 2011
  - fixed setupNetworkStatic to write correct interface file
* Mon Oct 31 2011
  - removed static inittab and securetty overlay files from s390
    JeOS template. The setup is done by setupConsole() in preinit
* Mon Oct 31 2011
  - call runPreinitServices in s390 netboot suse-preinit
* Mon Oct 31 2011
  - turn pxe PART info tranformation functions into a generic
    and a fdasd specific function
* Mon Oct 31 2011
  - added pxePartitionInputS390 suitable for use with fdasd
* Mon Oct 31 2011
  - added pxeRaidPartitionInputS390 suitable for use with fdasd
* Mon Oct 31 2011
  - v4.98.12 released
* Mon Oct 31 2011
  - s390 netboot:
    * make sure the VTOC table is created prior to any fdasd call
    * make sure searchBusIDBootDevice is called to set the device
      in $DISK online by a custom DEVICE_INIT command
* Mon Oct 31 2011
  - added support for custom s390 device init command in the
    searchBusIDBootDevice function. This is required if the s390
    client was not booted by an ipl command but e.g. via zPXE
* Sun Oct 30 2011
  - fixed migration code:
    * fixed creation of URL list from zypper information
    * write current schema version (5.3) XML
    * fixed creation of KIWISatSolver objects
* Sat Oct 29 2011
  - added support for Microsoft Hyper-V machine image format
    <type ... format="vpc"/>. This requires a qemu version
    which supports the vpc format conversion (fate# 309765)
* Sat Oct 29 2011
  - fixed migration module to work again. Added 11.4 and 12.1 paths
    and make sure the global object pointer is there when it is
* Fri Oct 28 2011
  - v4.98.11 released
* Fri Oct 28 2011
  - make sure the seq command is part of the initrd
    used in convertCIDRToNetmask()
* Thu Oct 27 2011
  - make sure pxeSetupDownloadServer() uses a deadline of 30sec
    in the ping check. Otherwise it might happen that the server
    online check fails even though the machine is online
* Thu Oct 27 2011
  - v4.98.10 released
* Thu Oct 27 2011
  - removed __checkNameValid() checker function and make sure
    that an arch string as part of the name attribute doesn't
    cause any trouble (bnc #716992)
* Thu Oct 27 2011
  - v4.98.9 released
* Thu Oct 27 2011
  - arch check in __checkNameValid is too restrictive
* Thu Oct 27 2011
  - v4.98.8 released
* Thu Oct 27 2011
  - fixed quoting of parameters in config.isoclient
* Thu Oct 27 2011
  - DB: update documentation
* Thu Oct 27 2011
  - reverted commit 620e4e65d05b257e4fc8c6017908e6ba9f75e28e
    this was a parted bug which is now fixed
* Thu Oct 27 2011
  - add unit test to the locator for the createTmpDirectory
    method, change one of the messages from info to error in
    the locator, update my e-mail address
* Thu Oct 27 2011
  change URL in spec file to point to the new homw of the source, github vs. berlios
* Thu Oct 27 2011
  generated html doc
* Wed Oct 26 2011
  - v4.98.7 released
* Wed Oct 26 2011
  - fixed appliance name escaping. One can use any string for
    the displayname attribute which is now properly escaped
    via perl's quotemeta(). Along with this change the image
    name attribute must match the pattern [a-zA-Z0-9_\-\.]
    and is not allowed to have the architecture string
    as part of the name (bnc #716992)
* Wed Oct 26 2011
  add section about cross platform build, expand the introductory section of chapter 4
* Wed Oct 26 2011
  - v4.98.6 released
* Wed Oct 26 2011
  - libcrc32 module depends on crc32c, but it does not state this dependency
    explicitely (modules.dep does not contain this information). Since KIWI
    relies od modules.dep to clean up unused modules in the initrd, this can
    break module loading. This patch ensures that the module is kept in the
    initrd and not purged.
* Wed Oct 26 2011
  - revert back to parted hex id's, this reverts commits:
* Wed Oct 26 2011
  - v4.98.5 released
* Wed Oct 26 2011
  - fixed creation of XML diff in log file
* Wed Oct 26 2011
  - fixed parted flag setup in KIWILinuxRC code, 12.1 and upstream
    parted doesn't support the hex id's like 'set type 0x..'
* Wed Oct 26 2011
  - fixed KIWIXMLInfo unit test due to last --info changes
* Wed Oct 26 2011
  - call createURLList() only on demand. Also provide accessor
    methods for xml->{urllist} and xml->{urlhash}, don't access
    these object data directly anymore. createURLList() was called
    in the KIWIXML constructor but changes to the XML might happen
    at a later point in time. So it makes sense to build the final
    URL list when access to it is requested
* Tue Oct 25 2011
  - call setupNetworkStatic in suse-preinit for s390. With this
    change we write the network configuration as received by
    the initrd into the system config files below /etc/sysconfig
* Tue Oct 25 2011
  - added function convertCIDRToNetmask() which allows the interpretation
    of the CIDR extension like to create a standard netmask out of it.
* Tue Oct 25 2011
  - fixed use of uninitialized value $free in
* Tue Oct 25 2011
  - make the info module write the imagescan XML into a tmpfile (bnc #726337)
* Tue Oct 25 2011
  - added log information about cylinder size and count
  - fixed parted flag setup, 12.1 and upstream parted doesn't
    support the hex id's like 'set type 0x..'
* Mon Oct 24 2011
  - fixed default boot label selection in syslinux mode
* Mon Oct 24 2011
  - added support for overlay file and archive listing in info module
* Fri Oct 21 2011
  - fixed escaping of chown parameters (bnc #725706)
* Thu Oct 20 2011
  - added update repo path for 11.4 images due to grub bug (bnc #717836)
* Wed Oct 19 2011
  - check for FSTYPE == btrfs in createOriginSnapshot()
* Wed Oct 19 2011
  - fixed creation of btrfs origin snapshot. This is now done
    on first boot of the appliance and not after kiwi prepare
* Wed Oct 19 2011
  - added baseSetupBtrfsOrigin() function which allows to add
    an origin snapshot for the image root filesystem contents
* Tue Oct 18 2011
  - moved README to mkd style
* Tue Oct 18 2011
  - adapt README style
* Tue Oct 18 2011
  - v4.98.4 released
* Tue Oct 18 2011
  - fixed disk device setup in USB stick install mode
* Tue Oct 18 2011
  - added init=... bootloader setup if systemd is used
* Tue Oct 18 2011
  - v4.98.3 released
* Tue Oct 18 2011
  - update German translation .po file
* Tue Oct 18 2011
  - make sure locale .mo files are created
* Tue Oct 18 2011
  - update locale headers
* Tue Oct 18 2011
  - added support for setting up which volume should get the
    rest free space assigned in a LVM setup. Example:
    <volume name="/var" freespace="all"/>
    This will assign the rest space available in the volume
    group to the LVvar logical volume. rest space means either
    the size of the 'oem-systemsize' element or if not set
    the entire rest space of the disk. If no 'all' freespace
    attribute is set in the volume setup, the default volume
    LVRoot is used as before (bnc #724489)
* Mon Oct 17 2011
  - added clicfs COW file check prior to mounting it via clicfs_fsck
    if the check fails we disable persistent writing
* Mon Oct 17 2011
  - v4.98.2 released
* Mon Oct 17 2011
  - renamed suse-live-stick to suse-live-usbstick to allow package
    upgrade again. Details in (bnc #722452)
* Mon Oct 17 2011
  - prefer systemd over sysvinit if installed
* Mon Oct 17 2011
  - don't use --ignore-cow-errors when using a cow _file_
* Mon Oct 17 2011
  - make sure setupHybridPersistent() is called before the
    boot device is busy
* Mon Oct 17 2011
  - added missing __checkImageIntegrity() calls
* Mon Oct 17 2011
  - v4.98.1 released
* Mon Oct 17 2011
  - update XML data to new schema version 5.3
* Mon Oct 17 2011
  - fixed kiwiRuntimeChecker unit tests
* Mon Oct 17 2011
  - added a 30 sec timeout to searchBIOSBootDevice
* Sat Oct 15 2011
  - make searchBiosBootDevice more robust. The function probes
    for the boot device until found and does not expect all
    storage devices to be present at call time. There is still
    a problem in install mode where we need a list of all
    potential installation devices to be present at a certain
    point in time. The function waitForIdleEventQueue tries
    to address this but it's not race free
* Sat Oct 15 2011
  revamp the EC2 chapter, include instructions for using EBS, restructure organization
* Sat Oct 15 2011
  change ec2region values to match reported regions from ec2-describe-regions comand, AP-Japan -> AP-Northeast, AP-Singapore -> AP-Southeast, change schema version to 5.3 to reflect the value change, implement xml convert from 5.2 to 5.3, update the tests and validation
* Fri Oct 14 2011
  - xen dom0 support exists only for x86_64 architecture in
    SLE11 SP2. Therefore we check for this arch in the boot
    image descriptions
* Fri Oct 14 2011
  - run 'make valid' and store XML style changes
* Fri Oct 14 2011
  fix repository path for EC2 repo in 11.3 EC2 example
* Fri Oct 14 2011
  - v4.97.5 released
* Thu Oct 13 2011
  - xen dom0 support exists only for x86_64 architecture in
    SUSE 12.1. Therefore we check for this arch in the boot
    image descriptions
* Thu Oct 13 2011
  - fetchFile does not handle special characters consistently.
    fetchFile "some%20file" with atftp correctly downloads 'some%20file'.
    but with ftp curl converts the file name to 'some file', which is
    not expected. This patch fixes this and makes the behavior
* Wed Oct 12 2011
  - fixed use of uninitialized $count variable (bnc #455990)
* Wed Oct 12 2011
  - don't ignore size setup even if the size is smaller than the min size
    kiwi's min size is safe but includes spare space. people who want to
    overwrite that size can do it but on their own risk
* Wed Oct 12 2011
  - allow drivers section in the system image which will be
    added to the drivers section of the selected boot image.
    This allows to add custom driver information additional
    to the existing driver selection as part of the boot
    image (bnc #720933)
    Author: Marcus Schäfer <show>
* Wed Oct 12 2011
  - fixed size calculation, use 4% overhead
* Wed Oct 12 2011
  - removed function waitForUSBDeviceScan and added new function
    waitForIdleEventQueue which waits for a specific amount of time
    to check whether new device nodes settle or not. if not the
    function will return
* Tue Oct 11 2011
  - removed obsolete files from the suse-11.3 examples
* Tue Oct 11 2011
  - added preException hook which runs inside the systemExcpetion
    function to allow further tasks before the exception message
    is printed and the shell/reboot/wait action happens
* Tue Oct 11 2011
  - fixed the check for the installed system in the netboot code
    if the luks encryption is used. The check calls luksOpen with
    luks_open_can_fail=yes. This means if the wrong passphrase is
    given the check will proceed with 'update is required' and
    does not fail with a reboot exception in luksOpen
* Tue Oct 11 2011
  - added hooks preswap/postswap which run before the check and
    creation of the imageSwapDevice. This allows to setup your
    own swap device handling.
* Tue Oct 11 2011
  - allow luksOpen to fail if luks_open_can_fail is set
  - allow map name to be specified in luksClose
* Tue Oct 11 2011
  - fixed updateOtherDeviceFstab to make use of the prefix argument
* Mon Oct 10 2011
  - don't show the LUKS passphrase as part of the boot log
* Mon Oct 10 2011
  - fixed vgchange calls to take the volume group name as argument
* Mon Oct 10 2011
  - fixed multiple display of the same info messages when
    creating the virtual disk file
* Mon Oct 10 2011
  - added a workaround for the cylinder counting bug in parted.
    parted lists two different numbers for the amount of cylinders
    only one is correct. This patch uses the correct value displayed
    here. parted only shows different values if called on a loop
* Sun Oct 09 2011
  - make suse-live-stick a real image example directory and not
    a link to the live iso description. This also fixes the upgrade
    problem between versions were suse-live-stick was a directory
    and the one were it is provided as a link (bnc #722452)
* Fri Oct 07 2011
  - v4.97.4 released
* Fri Oct 07 2011
  - make sure updateOtherDeviceFstab creates the mount point
* Fri Oct 07 2011
  - activate only volume group stored in $VGROUP, prevent vgscan
* Fri Oct 07 2011
  - fixed luksOpen to generate unique name for luksroot
  - fixed luksOpen to stop asking for the passphrase after 3 times
  - fixed updateOtherDeviceFstab to work in luks and/or RAID env
  - fixed luksOpen to wait until the mapper created the device
  - allow luks_pass to be set on the kernel commandline
* Thu Oct 06 2011
  - DB: rebuild documentation
* Thu Oct 06 2011
  - fixed race conditions in LOCAL_BOOT=yes code, we have to
    wait for the $disk device to appear before acting on it
* Thu Oct 06 2011
  - removed %pre section from spec, does not work with older distros
* Thu Oct 06 2011
  - fixed %pre script and filelist
* Thu Oct 06 2011
  - fixed doc upgrade, added pre-install script for kiwi-doc
    and also reverted the spec changes for the commits 275a601c
    and ced64858
* Thu Oct 06 2011
  - v4.97.3 released
* Thu Oct 06 2011
  correct attribute name error, some word smithing around <systemdik> description
* Wed Oct 05 2011
  - added support for detecting multiple occurrences of the same
    MBR ID in searchBIOSBootDevice. Also make sure that this does
    not happen by writing a default MBR ID of 0xffffffff into
    the MBR when the bootloader is installed
* Wed Oct 05 2011
  - rewrote function CDMount into more clear parts, also fixed
    the waitForUSBDeviceScan which only checks dmesg for a string
    which doesn't appear anymore on newer kernels
* Wed Oct 05 2011
  - DB: update documentation, better intro page and contributor list
* Wed Oct 05 2011
  - added support for creating luks encoded squashfs images
* Tue Oct 04 2011
  - make sure luks devices are evaluated first
* Tue Oct 04 2011
  - added level sorting for LVM volumes to make sure e.g /opt is
    mounted before /opt/bob
* Tue Oct 04 2011
  - fixed spec file, make sure doc files get the %doc macro assigned
* Tue Oct 04 2011
  - fixed spec file, wrong use of %doc on directory causes
    the kiwi-doc package to fail the installation on upgrade
    with 'cpio: rename failed - Is a directory'
* Tue Oct 04 2011
  - fixed typo, missing eol
* Tue Oct 04 2011
  - added mailing list info to README file
* Tue Oct 04 2011
  - fixed typo and wrote Linus correctly, Oh Oh sorry Linus
* Thu Sep 29 2011
  - make setupConsole code more clear
* Thu Sep 29 2011
  - let kiwi exit if a package setup script returns with ecode != 0
* Wed Sep 28 2011
  - DB: update documentation, new showlicense element
* Wed Sep 28 2011
  - added support for the new <showlicense>name</showlicense> element as
    part of the preferences section. This element allows to specify the
    base name of a license file which is displayed in oem images before
    the installation happens. It's possible to add more <showlicense>
    sections to display more licenses one after the other. If no such
    element is specified the default 'license' and 'EULA' files are
    searched to keep the system backward compatible
* Wed Sep 28 2011
  - added runtime check which makes sure that there are no bogus
    files included in archives. So far we check for YaST2 license
    files in /etc/YaST2/licenses
* Tue Sep 27 2011
  - added support for RHEL splashimage (redhat-logos)
* Fri Sep 23 2011
  - v4.97.2 released
* Fri Sep 23 2011
  - fixed RHEL authentication setup
* Fri Sep 23 2011
  - fixed typo in perl to bash list dereferencing
* Thu Sep 22 2011
  - use generic vgchange -an in cleanLoop to make sure the loop maps
    can be cleaned up even if we can't read the name of the volume
    group from the image
* Thu Sep 22 2011
  - fixed sysconfig template check to work on RHEL too
  - fixed init call for RHEL, does not work with run-init program
* Thu Sep 22 2011
  - added kernel to be installed in rhel-05.4-JeOS template
* Thu Sep 22 2011
  - fixed use of uninitialized value
* Thu Sep 22 2011
  - make sure mpath_wait program exists in initrd for RHEL
* Thu Sep 22 2011
  - fixed missing done flag for info message
* Thu Sep 22 2011
  - make sure loop module is loaded
* Thu Sep 22 2011
  - applied following changes to the ppc boot code
    * fixed download of md5 file in oem pxe install mode
    * make sure iputils is there in oemboot for pxe based installation
    * allow installation via the kiwi install image into a ramdisk.
* Thu Sep 22 2011
  - fixed s390 netboot code:
    * make sure there is also a lowercase version of cmdline params
    * make sure cleanPartitionTable is called before setup
    * make sure setupNetworkStatic also brings up the network
* Thu Sep 22 2011
  - applied following changes to the s390 boot code
    * fixed download of md5 file in oem pxe install mode
    * make sure iputils is there in oemboot for pxe based installation
    * allow installation via the kiwi install image into a ramdisk.
* Wed Sep 21 2011
  - fixed download of md5 file in oem pxe install mode
* Wed Sep 21 2011
  - make sure iputils is there in oemboot for pxe based installation
* Tue Sep 20 2011
  - use ext3 filesystem for the boot partition
* Tue Sep 20 2011
  - make sure system filesystems like proc and friends
    are umounted in rhel-preinit
* Mon Sep 19 2011
  - allow long names in install iso images (-joliet-long)
    This is related to (bnc #716149)
* Mon Sep 19 2011
  [product] unpack themes in defined order
* Fri Sep 16 2011
  - v4.97.1 released
* Fri Sep 16 2011
  - fixed baseSetRunlevel() to work with systemd as well
* Fri Sep 16 2011
  - don't use fuser -k to kill the debug shell, that could cause
    the kill of other important processes like the fuse clicfs
* Fri Sep 16 2011
  - allow default path search for --init-cache too
* Fri Sep 16 2011
  - removed local s390 suse repo
* Fri Sep 16 2011
  - added SLE11 SP2 SDK repo for s390 boot images in order to receive
    the kiwi-tools package from there
* Tue Sep 13 2011
  - allow installation via the kiwi install image into a ramdisk.
    In order to activate this feature one has to specify the
    following on the kernel commandline: 'ramdisk=1' The size
    of the ramdisk can be set by ramdisk_size=<value-in-byte>
    This fixes bug (bnc #717499)
* Mon Sep 12 2011
  - removed local x86 suse and rhel repo
* Mon Sep 12 2011
  - added 11.4 remote repo for oemboot
* Mon Sep 12 2011
  - moved RHEL5 repo from local to remote
* Mon Sep 12 2011
  - moved SLE11 repo from local to remote
* Mon Sep 12 2011
  - removed local kiwi repo from ppc boot images. There are
    no ppc packages provided in a repo by kiwi
* Mon Sep 12 2011
  - moved SLE10 repo from local to remote
* Mon Sep 12 2011
  - fixed __getPartID reg exp (bnc #716718)
* Sun Sep 11 2011
  - more colorful list image output
* Fri Sep 09 2011
  - v4.96.1 released
* Thu Sep 08 2011
  - DB: update documentation
* Thu Sep 08 2011
  - fixed addPackages. Only if the requested packages type
    was 'image' it's allowed to add to 'bootstrap' if there
    is no 'image' typed packages section
* Thu Sep 08 2011
  - consistency fix for the vmxboot boot image descriptions.
    all kernels should belong to the same typed packages section
* Thu Sep 08 2011
  - added new option '--edit-bootconfig <file>' and the XML
    attribute <type ... editbootconfig="file"/> which allows to
    run a script before the bootloader is actually written.
    This allows custom changes to the bootloader setup files
    as requested in (bnc #667950)
* Wed Sep 07 2011
  - make use of devtmpfs if available
* Wed Sep 07 2011
  - This breaks multi arch medias, we need more complex solution here
    Revert "- priorize repositories over fallback architectures"
    This reverts commit ce611d35662473365cebdc41172653d287bcaa0e.
* Wed Sep 07 2011
  - fixed addPackages() function. In case the requested section
    type cannot be found the function will switch back to the
    bootstrap section.
* Wed Sep 07 2011
  - put isoboot kernel-rt package to bootstrap section.
* Wed Sep 07 2011
  - don't show output of pushd / popd in updateMTAB
* Wed Sep 07 2011
  - create mtab link in kiwi's chroot instead of touching an empty file
* Wed Sep 07 2011
  - fix updateMTAB() to create a /etc/mtab symlink if /proc/self/mounts
    exists. Otherwise leave /etc/mtab untouched
* Mon Sep 05 2011
  - use the same version of suse-dump for ppc and s390 arch
* Mon Sep 05 2011
  - the by-id device names can contain the ':' sign which causes
    trouble when kiwi uses the same sign as data separator. This
    patch solves the problem for the evaluation of the instItems
    array in the suse-dump code
* Mon Sep 05 2011
  - add priority to the repository to the boot config of RHEL iso
    images. This will resolve the conflicts with the kiwi-tools
    package while creating the boot image.
* Mon Sep 05 2011
  - added support for vmxboot for RHEL 5.4. Thanks to Praveen
* Fri Sep 02 2011
  - v4.95.4 released
* Fri Sep 02 2011
  - fixed warning when checking for rpc_pipefs (bnc #711389)
* Fri Sep 02 2011
  - fixed checkLVMbind() to search for the lvm flag on the disk
    first. Only if the disk has that flag we search for the LVM
* Thu Sep 01 2011
  - last commit causes a regression for non split types.
* Thu Sep 01 2011
  - fixed bootloader setup for split images
* Thu Sep 01 2011
  - added missing done() flag
* Wed Aug 31 2011
  - product build: avoid multiple handling of debug packages
* Wed Aug 31 2011
  - priorize repositories over fallback architectures
* Tue Aug 30 2011
  - more readable 'kiwi --list' output
* Tue Aug 30 2011
  - make sure $prio variable is initialized empty for
    each repo validation (bnc #714927)
* Tue Aug 30 2011
  - fixed inline description of addRepository() function
* Sat Aug 27 2011
  - v4.95.3 released
* Sat Aug 27 2011
  - fixed BuildArch setup for sle11 build
* Sat Aug 27 2011
  - v4.95.2 released
* Sat Aug 27 2011
  - DB: rebuild schema documentation
* Sat Aug 27 2011
  - DB: rebuild documentation
* Sat Aug 27 2011
  - DB: update documentation concerning the new imageinclude attribute
* Sat Aug 27 2011
  - added a new attribute to the <repository> element called
    'imageinclude', a boolean. The code treats the attribute
    as having a "false" default value. When set to true (for
    using zypper package manager only at this point) the specified
    repository is added to the image being created, thus the
    repo is available to install additional packages or upgrade
    existing packages from within the running image.
* Sat Aug 27 2011
  - cleanup XML data from example image descriptions by the
    result of the kiwi XML pretty printer
* Sat Aug 27 2011
  - added RHEL/CentOS 5.x. compatible repodata for rhel-repo
* Sat Aug 27 2011
  - fixed %post for kiwi-templates. %post has to use the
    same ifarch selection as used by the %package section
* Fri Aug 26 2011
  - v4.95.1 released
* Wed Aug 24 2011
  - better version of baseSetupBootLoaderCompatLinks()
    which hardlinks the files to be able to access them
    from within the cpio archive
* Wed Aug 24 2011
  - make sure to have some spare space in filesystem images
* Wed Aug 24 2011
  - don't remove data from initial boot partition
* Wed Aug 24 2011
  - call setupBootPartition() only if systemIntegrity is != fine
  - clean up setupBootPartition, create mount points inside the initrd
  - clean up netboot code, setup bootid before mountSystem and let
    setupBootPartition do the setup of the boot contents
* Wed Aug 24 2011
  - added support for pxe luks encrypted images
* Wed Aug 24 2011
  - break up long code line into two
* Wed Aug 24 2011
  - added compat link menu.lst -> grub.conf, required by RHEL
  - added function baseSetupBootLoaderCompatLinks() which can
    be used to create the /usr/share/grub link to the stage
    files which kiwi expects in /usr/lib/grub. RHEL installs
    them in /usr/share/grub
* Tue Aug 23 2011
  - added parted 1.8.7 to RHEL5.4 repo
* Tue Aug 23 2011
  - fixed boot code: explicitly wait until the background
    job showing the progress information has finished
* Tue Aug 23 2011
  - let atftpProgress() read output directly so there is just one job
  - fixed fetchFile(): enable progress only for block devices, without
    this it showed the progress for md5 and other files when the first
    image download failed.
  - fixed fetchFile(): fbiterm does not work with serial console, added
    fallback when it fails
  - fixed fetchFile(): loadCode value from the background job is
    returned correctly now
* Tue Aug 23 2011
  - changed the image size calculation to leave not too much of
    free space. In case of a filesystem based image as less free
    space as possible is added. In case of a disk image we make
    sure to have ~100MB of free space. If a single boot partition
    is required we make sure to have min 150M to allow proper
    kernel updates
* Tue Aug 23 2011
  - make sure atftpProgress() finishes _after_ the atftp process has
    concluded the download, related to (bnc #713167)
* Tue Aug 23 2011
  - use $imageBlkSize as parameter for atftpProgress()
  - take care for handling of re-sent blocks in atftpProgress()
  - fixed atftp error output handling $TRANSFER_ERRORS_FILE vs. /tmp/atftp_trace
  - fixed atftp blocksize detection - with multicast the block number 1
    does not have to be at the beginning
* Tue Aug 23 2011
  - added kiwi-media-requires meta package which recommends all
    packages which should be part of the distribution DVD
* Tue Aug 23 2011
  - rpmlint doesn't like empty files
* Tue Aug 23 2011
  - added atftpProgress() function which implements the progress
    information for atftp by watching the atftp trace output.
    atftp seeks in the output stream which forbids the use of
    pipes for the progress information (bnc #713167)
* Mon Aug 22 2011
  - make sure fribidi stays installed in netboot. It's required for
    the fbiterm based progress information (bnc #713173)
* Mon Aug 22 2011
  - don't use pipes in combination with atftp (bnc #713167)
* Mon Aug 22 2011
  - fixed typo, missing '\n' in info output
* Fri Aug 19 2011
  - v4.94.3 released
* Fri Aug 19 2011
  - don't remove netcfg from boot images. This would remove the
    etc/hosts file which might be required. Along with this change
    also fixed the cleanupResolvConf() function which has to
    reset the needResolvConf and needHosts flags in order to prevent
    a deletion at a later point in time (bnc #713158)
* Fri Aug 19 2011
  - don't call restoreCDRootData() and restoreSplitExtend()
    inside the global destructor of the KIWIImageCreator.
    If the functions are applied to the creation of a boot
    image it leads to errors because they are designed to
    operate on the system image root tree
* Fri Aug 19 2011
  - removed broken state setup in KIWILog which was used to detect
    whether we need a CR when printing the line or not. All that
    sucked and caused mystery empty lines in the log
* Fri Aug 19 2011
  - make sure loop maps are closed before installing grub. Also
    changed the way grub is called. We are creating a file with
    the commands first and then call grub ... --batch < file.
    It makes the code more readable and also allows to include
    the commands as part of the log file
* Thu Aug 18 2011
  - fixed zero timeout value handling in syslinux. A value of zero
    disables the timeout so we set the smallest possible value in
    that case which is 1/10sec
* Thu Aug 18 2011
  - increased amount of spare space 1.1 -> 1.5
* Thu Aug 18 2011
  - fixed evaluation of which output
* Thu Aug 18 2011
  - apply check for partitioner capabilities only for boot image
    types which actually use a partitioner; netboot and oemboot
* Wed Aug 17 2011
  - added pxe image type for s390 JeOS template
* Wed Aug 17 2011
  - added more useful repo path for s390 netboot
* Wed Aug 17 2011
  - added support for netboot on s390, still _experimental_ !
* Wed Aug 17 2011
  - changed ddn() function to also check for the '_' separator
    between the device and partition name
* Wed Aug 17 2011
  - fixed this path evaluation in build operation mode
* Wed Aug 17 2011
  - allow boottimeout of 0sec, also set the same default timeout
    of 10sec for the ext|syslinux setup
* Tue Aug 16 2011
  - reduced amount of spare space 1.5 -> 1.1
* Tue Aug 16 2011
  - fixed suse-11.4/suse-min-gnome package list
* Fri Aug 12 2011
  - v4.94.2 released
* Thu Aug 11 2011
  - fixed default label text for ext|syslinux setup
* Thu Aug 11 2011
  - fixed vfat boot partition id lookup in setupBootPartition()
* Thu Aug 11 2011
  - make sure the text message file isolinux.msg is created in
    case of a sys|extlinux based virtual disk image
* Thu Aug 11 2011
  - make sure loader variable is initialized as early as possible
    also make sure .profile is loaded inside the initialize()
    function. This allows to setup loader by the value of the
    kiwi_bootloader variable in an early phase
* Wed Aug 10 2011
  - make sure the which command is part of the initrd
* Wed Aug 10 2011
  - don't configure a graphics boot screen in grub if no
    bootscreen picture data is available
* Wed Aug 10 2011
  - allow init=/path/to/program option for kiwi images
* Tue Aug 09 2011
  - in 12.1 the sysconfig.kernel file has been changed into a
    sysconfig.kernel-mkinitrd file.
* Tue Aug 09 2011
  - suppress error message on stat evaluation for rpc_pipefs
* Mon Aug 08 2011
  - use getExecPath() to locate parted binary, also allow
    alternative location of parted inside the linuxrc code
* Mon Aug 08 2011
  - When the Boot image's repositories are updated/reconfigured,
    the priority and alias information is chopped off. This patch
    makes sure the priority information is retained.
* Mon Aug 08 2011
  - use getExecPath() to find the grub binary. Along with this
    change the extraction of the grub binary from the initrd has
    been removed. That binary never was called.
  - allow alternative location for the grub binary inside the
    linuxrc boot code
* Fri Jul 29 2011
  - cleanup splash directory in case of call interruption
* Fri Jul 29 2011
  - v4.94.1 released
* Fri Jul 29 2011
  - added support for download and verification progress
    information for pxe (netboot) images (bnc #708711)
* Thu Jul 28 2011
  - setup INITRD_MODULES for ppc correctly as ipr module is not
    included there by default.
  - includes only needed scsi and network modules for ppc based
    boot images
* Thu Jul 28 2011
  - setup serial console on JS21 ppc blade with correct baud rate
* Thu Jul 28 2011
  - added support for dmraid fake-raid controllers (bnc #708712)
* Thu Jul 28 2011
  - use the udev by-id path as device for the installation in suse-dump
    instead of the the standard unix device names (bnc #708712)
* Thu Jul 28 2011
  - added support for repo priority for the yum package manager backend
* Wed Jul 27 2011
  - fixed splash setup on recreation of the splash.install.gz initrd
* Wed Jul 27 2011
  - added function to check for boot image creation and call
    setupSplash only if we are building a boot image
  - fixed splash creation for iso images
* Wed Jul 27 2011
  - allow bootwait post dump action in combination with other post dump action
* Tue Jul 26 2011
  - increased performance of the splash creation. Instead of
    ripping the splash information out from the created initrd
    cpio archive, the splash files are now obtained from the
    unpacked tree and stored in a .spl file for appending it
    later to the final initrd (bnc #708357)
* Tue Jul 26 2011
  - fixed xsl 3.8 to 3.9 conversion, oem-align-partition,oem-dumphalt
    and oem-inplace-recovery were not handled correctly
* Tue Jul 26 2011
  - DB: fixed schemaversion value in documentation
* Tue Jul 26 2011
  - don't remove zypper cache dir unconditionally
* Mon Jul 25 2011
  - v4.93.3 released
* Mon Jul 25 2011
  - fixed deviceDisks setup in suse-dump. The code there should
    check if imageDiskDevice has a value otherwise the sed call
    will fail with an invalid expression
* Fri Jul 22 2011
  - v4.93.2 released
* Thu Jul 21 2011
  - fixed config dir path serach in --build mode
* Thu Jul 21 2011
  - added patch for genName creation. The generated name is now
    unique according to the repository name. This allows to use
    the cache zypper creates per repository again
* Wed Jul 20 2011
  - DB: rebuild documentation
* Wed Jul 20 2011
  - DB: use the 2 part version number for the documentation
* Wed Jul 20 2011
  - fixed .newrelease to just increase the release part of the new
    kiwi version string by one
* Wed Jul 20 2011
  - DB: rebuild images only if the .fig has changed
* Tue Jul 19 2011
  - fixed evaluation of @UmountStack. There were some mount points
    still active if $main::global->mount() is called multiple times
    each mount() call causes a reset to the @UmountStack which means
    some umount information got lost
* Mon Jul 18 2011
  - fix catalog handling failure on apple style medias
* Mon Jul 18 2011
  - do not try to run boot loader setup code when no boot loader exists
* Fri Jul 15 2011
  - v4.93.1 released
* Fri Jul 15 2011
  - fixed installstick creation if sys|extlinux bootloader is
    used. Also fixed size setup of install stick. Problem here
    was that the uncompressed size of the raw install file was
    used and not the compressed size which ends up in a too big
    installstick image
* Fri Jul 15 2011
  - added support for hybrid installiso media. In order to create
    the hybrid the attribute bootloader must be either set to
    syslinux or extlinux
* Thu Jul 14 2011
  - moved zypper version check outside of the loop. It's enough
    to check this one time
* Thu Jul 14 2011
  - improve the OpenNebula example. I recently created a separate
    package for the OpenNebula Web-UI server (sunstone) and with
    the package "cleanup/separation" from the main opennebula package
    showing how to use the Web-UI is easier now.
* Thu Jul 14 2011
  - use the --one-file-system option for tar when copying the
    system image tree. This prevents the copy of files existing
    beyond the local filesystem (bnc #705717)
* Thu Jul 14 2011
  - added log information if a hijacked command is called.
    That check only works inside the studio environment were
    a hijacked command has 'cmd'_real replacement.
* Thu Jul 14 2011
  - fixed use of uninitialized value $ENV{'HOME'} (bnc #705717)
* Thu Jul 14 2011
  - added %post script for kiwi-templates which removes old JeOS
    template directories for distros we no longer support a JeOS
    image from.
* Wed Jul 13 2011
  - cleaned up relocateCatalog calls which does not receive
    a parameter anymore. Also fixed return value of fixCatalog
* Wed Jul 13 2011
  - make sure relocateCatalog and fixCatalog is called
    for SuSE installation media (bnc #705208)
* Wed Jul 13 2011
  - added README file to make github happy
* Mon Jul 11 2011
  - use predefined set of configuration settings if a bootcd
    without system image was requested. The initrd itself doesn't
    contain further XML information so we set vga to normal and
    disabled the boot menu along with a boot timeout of zero
    seconds (immediate boot)
* Mon Jul 11 2011
  - fixed --bootcd creation mode
* Fri Jul 08 2011
  - v4.92.2 released
* Wed Jul 06 2011
  - activate NFS locking for nfsroot systems. This means the
    mount call doesn't use -o nolock anymore
* Wed Jul 06 2011
  - make sure rpc_pipefs is mounted if /var/lib/nfs/rpc_pipefs exists
  - force NFS version 3 for NFSROOT setup. In that case v4 features
    are not required
* Tue Jul 05 2011
  - added check if reading the md5 file was successful (bnc #703829)
* Tue Jul 05 2011
  - don't remove /etc/netconfig for nfsroot setup (bnc #672172)
* Tue Jul 05 2011
  - changed order of resize/check operation to check/resize
* Fri Jul 01 2011
  - v4.92.1 released
* Thu Jun 30 2011
  - added sle10 backward compatibility patches for losetup calls
    and partedGetPartitionID function. losetup in sle10 doesn't
    know about the --find option and parted in sle10 has a different
    machine (-m) output
* Thu Jun 30 2011
  - make sure to unset the cacheDir if selectCache failed
* Thu Jun 30 2011
  - removed -t option when mounting the squashfs image
    container in suse-dump. let libuuid decide that
* Thu Jun 30 2011
  - fixed typo, check for dialog program happened twice
* Wed Jun 29 2011
  - fixed and cleaned up disk size setup. There are two new
    functions __initDiskSize() and __updateDiskSize() which are
    used to create an initial disk size value and an update
    function if there are conditions which requires to increase
    the disk size. That actions are now also part of the kiwi
    log file
* Wed Jun 29 2011
  - fixed setupOverlay() in to write back possible
    XML changes into the overlay tree to stay persistent in the
    cow file
* Wed Jun 29 2011
  - fixed cleanup of KIWIBoot instances in KIWIImageCreator
* Wed Jun 29 2011
  - increased chunk size in createSnapshotMap(). This increased
    the performance of image caches a lot
* Tue Jun 28 2011
  - allow firstboot and autoyast service to be enabled together (bnc #700105)
* Tue Jun 28 2011
  - remove use of hardcoded path for the mksquashfs program by
    using the KIWILocator::getExecPath() method
* Tue Jun 28 2011
  - added quoting of special characters for kiwi_oemtitle (bnc #702044)
* Mon Jun 27 2011
  - added support for pxe buffered write on destination device in
    fetchFile() function used for netboot images. By default a
    chunk size of 4k is used
* Mon Jun 27 2011
  - added network functions for s390 pxeboot. New functions are
    setupNetworkInterfaceS390, setupNetworkStatic, setupDefaultGateway
    setupDNS. Normally the pxe boot on x86 expects a DHCP server to
    provide all the required network services but on s390 pxe boot
    works together with a parm file containing that information
    which is evaluated by the new functions.
* Fri Jun 24 2011
  - fixed evaluation of buildtype in createImage(). There were
    some places which did not reference the build type as it
    is stored in the XML object. This could lead to the use of
    an uninitialized value if no primary type was set in the
    XML description and no type was explicitly selected
* Wed Jun 22 2011
  - changed preinit script for s390 templates to use
    the same variable names as provided by the parm file when using
    the standard yast based installation
* Tue Jun 21 2011
  - added function includeKernelParametersLowerCase() which
    converts all cmdline paramters to lowercase variables
* Mon Jun 20 2011
  - systemd-sysvinit creates a symlink from '/bin/systemd' to
    '/sbin/init'. Unfortunately kiwi linuxrc tries to check
    for the file permissions which leads to a false positive
    rebootException (bnc #700603)
* Mon Jun 20 2011
  - changed __getBootSize() function so that it multiplies the
    calculated minimum boot space by 3 to allow proper kernel
    updates (bnc #698161)
* Mon Jun 20 2011
  - fixed thisPath() evaluation. When in create or upgrade mode the
    function did not use the value of the main::Prepare lookup file
* Mon Jun 20 2011
  - Apply some clean up to the recently submitted OpenNebula example.
    I made some changes to the packaging in OBS which allows me to
    simplify the image configuration.
* Thu Jun 16 2011
  - fixed build on Centos/Redhat, recommended packages like
    jing or zypper does not exist there so we had to check
    the distro in that case
* Thu Jun 16 2011
  - fixed the patternType validation bug reported by John Lund
    on the users list. The patch also adds a new test case xml
    file for the KIWIXMLValidator unit test.
* Thu Jun 16 2011
  - added a new example for 11.3, 11.4, and 12.1. This example
    demonstrates the use of Kiwi to create cloud setup images
    and a guest images for clouds based on the OpenNebula
* Sun Jun 12 2011
  - v4.91.2 released
* Sun Jun 12 2011
  - DB: fixed typo in URI documentation
* Fri Jun 10 2011
  - we need to go back to SHA1 for SLE 11 for now, zypp is not working with 256 yet.
* Fri Jun 10 2011
  - use hardlink instead of copy to create the init file
    in the initrd cpio archive
* Thu Jun 09 2011
  - make sure options for LogFile and RootTree are handled
    before createInstSource() is called
* Thu Jun 09 2011
  - switch to 11.1 PDB branch
* Thu Jun 09 2011
  - fix plugin to become usable with current kiwi code
* Wed Jun 08 2011
  - remove the call to sax2 in the 11.3 vm guest example, sax2 is no
    longer part of 11.3 and later as the X-server is self configuring.
    Also added code to allow the firstboot sequence to be initiated.
    While this particular example does not use the firstboot mechanism,
    someone basing their build of the example and trying to get firstboot
    to work would be hard pressed to find why it is not working.
* Tue Jun 07 2011
  - changed kiwi version number from a two part version
    into a three part version number: v4.91.1. The major
    and minor part of the version will not change with
    bugfix releases. The following rules should apply to
    the version number: major.minor.release. major change
    might include incompatible changes. minor change
    includes features and schema version updates. release
    change includes any kind of bugfixes
* Tue Jun 07 2011
  - update LICENSE file to latest version of GPLv2
* Tue Jun 07 2011
  - don't package empty file euca-setup
  - update license GPLv2, rpmlint complained about outdated address
* Tue Jun 07 2011
  - new perl complains about implicit parentheses
* Mon Jun 06 2011
  - added appliances that are not referenced in docbook and are
    intended to demonstrate image building and appliances in a
    broader view into the doc/examples/extras directory
* Mon Jun 06 2011
  - don't use a fixed value for the size of the boot partition. The
    size among others depends on how many kernels were installed. Thus
    a fixed value is always wrong. The new function __getBootSize()
    is used to check the actual size of the boot/* area and this value
    is used to create the boot partition if required. In case of an
    oem image the re-creation of the boot partition happens based on
    the original boot partition size (bnc #698233)
* Mon Jun 06 2011
  - drop RPMQ dependency, package does not exist, but module is
    provdided already by inst-source-utils.
* Mon Jun 06 2011
  - DB: update documentation
* Mon Jun 06 2011
  - added openSUSE 12.1 template and boot image descriptions
  - removed openSUSE 11.1 and 11.2 docs plus template and boot
    image descriptions
* Mon Jun 06 2011
  - fixed location of squashfs in drivers section for sle10
* Mon Jun 06 2011
  - fixed ELOG_* setup for ppc architecture. We use the hvc
    console for ppc and tty for all others
* Sat Jun 04 2011
  - activate build of kiwi-desc-netboot for ppc in spec file
* Sat Jun 04 2011
  - added support for pxe images on ppc architecture
* Fri Jun 03 2011
  - added squashfs in drivers section of SLE10 boot image descriptions
* Fri Jun 03 2011
  - v4.91 released
* Wed Jun 01 2011
  - added option -f to 'prove' in order to show failed unit tests
* Wed Jun 01 2011
  - call the XML pretty printer when kiwi writes back the
    XML description to the unpacked image tree. The result
    is easier to read
* Wed Jun 01 2011
  - moved requirement back to genisoimage, after checking the code
* Wed Jun 01 2011
  - fixed build: unit testing requires iso and filesystem tools
    to be present in the buildsystem
  - fixed spec file: genisoimage is set as required but kiwi uses
    growisofs in the code which is provided by dvd+rw-tools
* Wed Jun 01 2011
  - fixed unit testing, some functions from the real
    KIWILog module were missing in
* Tue May 31 2011
  - allow username and password to be transfered via
    updateDescription / __updateDescriptionFromChangeSet
* Tue May 31 2011
  - added option --start-sector to kiwi. This allows to influence
    the default start sector 2048 to be another value e.g. 32 for
    the old style disk layout.
* Tue May 31 2011
  - fixed call of cleanup functions for KIWIBoot objects
* Tue May 31 2011
  - really fixed setupConsole to remove the ttyS0 console if no
    ttyS0 device exists (bnc #695948)
* Tue May 31 2011
  - fixed build: Added zypper to BuildRequires. This is needed in
    order to make the unit test run happy
* Fri May 27 2011
  - v4.90 released
* Fri May 27 2011
  - DB: update documentation, typo in ec2 docs
* Fri May 27 2011
  - eliminate use of global variable: XMLChangeSet
* Fri May 27 2011
  - DB: update documentation
* Thu May 26 2011
  - don't store DOM tree references in XML changeset
  - don't create a new KIWICommandLine object in KIWICache
* Thu May 26 2011
  - eliminate use of global variable: OverlayRootTree
* Thu May 26 2011
  - eliminate use of global variables:
    * BootVMSystem
    * BootVMSize
    * StripImage
    * ProfilesOrig
    * PrebuiltBootImage
    * ISOCheck
    * CheckKernel
    * LVM
    * GrubChainload
    * FatStorage
* Thu May 26 2011
  - fix the problem with an improper exit status on test failure.
    We now use prove (part of Perl) to execute the unit tests.
    Prove generates the proper exit status upon test failure.
* Wed May 25 2011
  - fixed spec file: The functionality provided with the
    kiwi-desc-usbboot package has moved into a new technology
    which is not provided by another package. Therefore the
    wrong provides entry was removed.
* Wed May 25 2011
  - enhanced setupConsole to remove the ttyS0 console if no
    ttyS0 device exists (bnc #695948)
* Wed May 25 2011
  - fixed setupConsole() if search string appears as comment
* Wed May 25 2011
  - use -t squashfs to mount the installation image. This works
    around the problem if libuuid doesn't know the squashfs
* Wed May 25 2011
  - eliminate use of global variables: ListXMLInfoSelection and RootTree
* Wed May 25 2011
  - minor cleanup: remove -C parameter for 12.1 style medias, -D is enough
* Wed May 25 2011
  - fixed bootloader setup if split image type is used
* Wed May 25 2011
  - eliminate use of global variable: LogFile
  - cleaned up init() function, removed redundant code and moved
    the listXMLInfo code into the main operations block
* Wed May 25 2011
  - adapt unit tests due to last KIWIXML ctor code changes
* Tue May 24 2011
  - eliminate global variable: Destination
  - fixed backtrace() output in debug mode, show only latest trace level
    the other trace levels are kept for further debugging
* Tue May 24 2011
  - eliminate use of global variable: ImageDescription
  - pass commandline object reference (cmdL) to KIWIXML objects
    and from there to KIWIURL objects.
* Tue May 24 2011
  - eliminate use of global vars: ImageCache and RecycleRoot
  - added check for global object in constructors
  - added perl-RPMQ as requirement for kiwi-instsource
* Tue May 24 2011
  - eliminate global variables used by main()
* Mon May 23 2011
  - eliminate use of global variables: main::FS* and main::SetImageType
* Mon May 23 2011
  - cleanup kiwiExit calls
* Mon May 23 2011
  - s390: fixed disk online code, wait for disk device to appear (bnc #693031)
* Sun May 22 2011
  - fixed boot included archive installation in prepareBootImage
* Fri May 20 2011
  - moved .kiwirc into the tests/unit directory
* Fri May 20 2011
  - v4.89 released
* Fri May 20 2011
  - allow unit tests to run standalone without kiwi
    installed in /usr/share/kiwi
* Fri May 20 2011
  - DB: update schema documentation
* Fri May 20 2011
  - fixed obsoletes in spec file
* Fri May 20 2011
  - build arch of master kiwi can't be noarch if other
    arch specific sub packages will be created
* Fri May 20 2011
  - make rpmlint happy:
    * don't package empty files
    * don't package non unix file (dos2unix)
    * don't package scripts without executable flag
    * don't use unversioned obsoletes
    * provide man pages with the master kiwi package
    * make the master kiwi package noarch if possible
    * require kiwi-tools version from the same master
* Fri May 20 2011
  - fixed stylesheet bugs: Thanks to Tom for looking at it
    * A xsl:call-template cannot contain a mode attribute. Only
      xsl:apply-templates can have it. The affected files are
      convert39to41.xsl and convert41to42.xsl
    * A <xsl:copy select="@"/> is incorrect in two ways: First
      a xsl:copy needs to have something to copy in its _content_,
      second the select attribute is syntactically wrong; @ means
      attribute, but which one? I guess, it should mean
      <xsl:copy-of select="@*"/>. However, in this case it's
      totally useless as it copies *all* attributes, regardless
      of the for-each loop. So the for-each loop can never act
      as it was supposed to be.
* Fri May 20 2011
  - get unit test working again, due to restructuring changes
  - provide config and target location as arguments to
    prepareBootImage() and createBootImage(). Retrieving those from
    the CommandLine object is not following our functional
    separation model as the config dir and target dir for the
    initrd cannot be given on the command line and therefore
    should not be stored on the command line argument
  - refactor setting of XML parameters into methods for re-use
* Thu May 19 2011
  - run unit tests during package build if SUSE > 1130
* Thu May 19 2011
  - limit the validation of config.xml files in the Kiwi tree to files
    located outside the tests tree. config.xml files in the tests tree
    are not necessarily expected to be valid as we also need to do
    negative unit testing.
* Thu May 19 2011
  - fixed version update script
* Thu May 19 2011
  - cleanup situation around global variables. There is now a
    KIWIGlobals object which contains all global variables and
    functions. There are still some global variables in use
    which references options. Those should be handled by a
    KIWICommandline accessor
* Wed May 18 2011
  - fixed unit test
  - fixed *.kiwi search in getControlFile
* Wed May 18 2011
  - moved the image create step into the KIWIImageCreator code
    There is now a function createImage / createBootImage which
    is also used by the build step. Along with this change I
    removed all occurences of the main::Survive variable and
    thus removed all recursive kiwi calls now from the code.
* Wed May 18 2011
  - do not enforce the need of a meta package, driver update disk is not needing one (on command from cwh)
* Tue May 17 2011
  - cleanup fix; don't create instances of KIWICommandLine
    if it's not necessary. Also removed redundant code in
* Tue May 17 2011
  - make the user password optional; It is valid to have a user on
    a system that cannot login via password authentication. Therefore
    kiwi should not force a password assignment in the <user> element
* Tue May 17 2011
  - fixed caching if used for boot images. Also fixed the check
    between the initial prepare with cache and the remount of a
    prepared tree with cache
* Tue May 17 2011
  - add SLE 11 SP 2 media style plugin, using sha256 sums for meta data
* Tue May 17 2011
  - fix installation directory of 12.1 plugin
* Tue May 17 2011
  - add openSUSE 12.1 media style, using sha256 meta data sums
* Tue May 17 2011
  - removed global variables CacheRoot and CacheRootMode and
    cleaned up the KIWICache code. Also added a new runtime
    check: __checkRootRecycleCapability which makes sure that
    a cache based root tree cannot be used in --recycle-root
* Tue May 17 2011
  - last fix using --numeric-owner was still broken. Robert has
    added a better and more robust patch to fix this
* Tue May 17 2011
  - use --numeric-owner option in tar to prevent the table layout
    to break if the user/group field in the tar -t output exceeds
    the field length
* Tue May 17 2011
  - don't strip vgrename command from initrd
* Mon May 16 2011
  - moved the following operation modes into the KIWIImageCreator:
    also fixed the unit tests and get rid of some recursive calls
    * --setup-splash  => createSplash()
    * --bootusb       => createImageBootUSB()
    * --bootcd        => createImageBootCD()
    * --installcd     => createImageInstallCD()
    * --installstick  => createImageInstallStick()
    * --bootvm        => createImageDisk()
    * --convert       => createImageFormat()
* Mon May 16 2011
  - make sure XML validation happens in each processing mode
  - fixed environment cleanup, added cleanup function in main
* Mon May 16 2011
  - fixed logging. Added function resetRootChannel which allows
    to split up the log at a certain point. This is used when
    one --init-cache call creates multiple caches and each one
    has a dedicated log file
* Mon May 16 2011
  - moved the upgrade code into the KIWIImageCreator object
    also removed the recursive upgrade call inside the create
    step and call the new function upgradeImage() instead
* Fri May 13 2011
  - fixed fixupOverlayFilesOwnership(), remove leading
    spaces from file names
* Fri May 13 2011
  - added unit tests for testing the KIWIImageCreator code
* Fri May 13 2011
  - added new KIWICache object and move out the cache code
    from the main file into the new object code
* Thu May 12 2011
  - added new KIWIImageCreator object which will encapsulate
    the major kiwi processing modes like prepare, create, upgrade
    and others into module functions. So far the prepare step
    has been moved out and others will follow. The goal is to
    get rid of the global variable stack in kiwi as well as to
    remove the recursive kiwi calls
* Thu May 12 2011
  - unit test fixes:
    * move test repo to sharable location, adjust XMLInfo test
    * fixed removal of test directory, remove only if no mounts exists
    * fixed test directory cleanup, remove only if no mount exists
    * fixed broken unit test due to commit: c9c797b47cb4
* Wed May 11 2011
  - changed name of enableRootRecycle to setRootRecycle, better
    following the style of the KIWICommandLine functions
* Wed May 11 2011
  - fixed use of glob-type for filehandle in
* Wed May 11 2011
  - DB: fixed some typos in schema inline documentation
* Wed May 11 2011
  - expand command line object to handle more options. Also expand
    the unit tests for this options. This happened in preparation to
    the new KIWIImageCreator object which will encapsulate the kiwi
    build, prepare and create modes
* Wed May 11 2011
  - move knowledge about the default cache directory path
    into the KIWILocator module: getDefaultCacheDir()
* Wed May 11 2011
  - update unit test infrastructure in preparation for the new
    KIWIImageCreator object which will encapsulate the kiwi
    build, prepare and create modes
* Wed May 11 2011
  - remove outdated undocumented prechrootcall option
* Tue May 10 2011
  - fixed this:// path evaluation if used in --info mode (bnc #692813)
* Tue May 10 2011
  - enhanced the ddn() function to work correctly if a
    udev /dev/disk/<name> device name is specified as disk
    parameter (bnc #692629)
* Mon May 09 2011
  - integrate end-to-end testsuite written by Bernhard Wiedemann
    into kiwi. There is a kiwi --test-image ... mode now, and I
    added an example test to the 11.4 JeOS description. It's
    required to have the os-autoinst package installed in order
    to run a test (bnc #677789)
* Fri May 06 2011
  - v4.88 released
* Fri May 06 2011
  - fixed build for ia64 architecture
* Fri May 06 2011
  - added hook preNetworkRelease (bnc #691249)
* Wed May 04 2011
  - fixed the problem where the <size> element is being dropped
    during XML file upgrade if the <size> element is specified as
    a child of <preferences>. The <size> element is moved to
    every <type>
* Wed May 04 2011
  - fixed xsl style sheets, apply changes only if the
    schema version of the input data is smaller than the
    style sheet version
* Wed May 04 2011
  - fixed typo in kiwi_bootloader evaluation (bnc #691424)
  - fixed hvc/xvc console setup, add entry only if missing (bnc #691424)
* Tue May 03 2011
  - fixed disk offset calculation for zipl.conf creation, also
    fixed the lookup of the boot partition and the cleanup of the
    loop devices if the zipl bootloader is used (bnc #687927)
* Tue May 03 2011
  - switch back to by-id device name schema (bnc #691199)
    This reverts commit: f1e31c85689d6925b9c3069a845f5e252c838936
* Tue May 03 2011
  - fixed first type selection for a subset of types selected
    by profiles. This is a follow up fix for (bnc #690554)
* Tue May 03 2011
  - DB: update documentation, FORCE_KEXEC feature (bnc #691247)
* Tue May 03 2011
  - added support for FORCE_KEXEC in kernelCheck function which
    allows to force the kexec call even if the kernel versions
    are the same (bnc #691247)
* Mon May 02 2011
  - removed pxeNotifyNewImage function. This is done inside the
    slepos specific code hooked in (bnc #691249)
* Mon May 02 2011
  - make sure bootincluded_archives.filelist contains only files
* Mon May 02 2011
  - move the createTmpDirectory code from the XML object to the Locator.
    Creating a directory really has nothing to do with XML processing,
    the Locator now handles local file system interaction, thus this
    is a better place.
* Mon May 02 2011
  - fixed reboot call in kernelCheck function (bnc #689294)
* Mon May 02 2011
  - fixed type selection if not type was specified and no primary
    attribute is set to any type. In that case the first type written
    in the XML description should be used (bnc #690554)
* Thu Apr 28 2011
  - also allow NFSROOT and AOEROOT to be set on the
    commandline (bnc #536309)
* Thu Apr 21 2011
  - v4.87 released
* Thu Apr 21 2011
  - fixed initial variable setup for haveDASD|ZFCP
* Thu Apr 21 2011
  - changed searchBusIDBootDevice() for the s390 architecture.
    All required information is now obtained from /sys/firmware/ipl
    According to this no additional kernel parameters are
    required to set the boot device online (bnc #689004)
* Thu Apr 21 2011
  - added alternative location for kiwi hooks scripts which
    is FHS compliant: /lib/kiwi/hooks/ (bnc #688792)
* Wed Apr 20 2011
  - added URL mapping table for the opensuse:// url type. When
    resolving this the regular expression based mapping table is
    used to create a valid location from the specified URI data.
    It's possible to extend the existing KIWIURL.txt table
    according to the needs of the user or service.
* Wed Apr 20 2011
  - changed xsl 51 to 52 conversion. The obsolete usb image type
    is removed from the XML input. this image type can be either
    replaced by an iso hybrid type or by an oem type. As there is
    a choice for the user the stylesheet will not make a decision
* Wed Apr 20 2011
  - netboot: added preLoadConfiguration hook:
    preLoadConfiguration: is called before the client.<MAC> is
    loaded by kiwi and thus can be used to inject alternative code
    for loading the client configuration.
  - netboot: added postLoadConfiguration hook:
    postLoadConfiguration: is called after the client configuration
    has been loaded and imported and can be used for any action
    after the client configuration has exported its variables into
    the boot environment
  - netboot: renamed the default register file which is put on
    the pxe boot server if there is client configuration found.
    kiwi now put a file called: upload/client.$DHCPCHADDR
    which doesn't conflict with the files SLEPOS uses for
  - netboot: removed SLEPOS related code, posbios calls and
    the evaluation of the WORKSTATION_LDAP_IP variable. All
    this will be part of product specific hook scripts
* Wed Apr 20 2011
  - allow parameters to be passed to hook scripts
* Tue Apr 19 2011
  - added setupBootLoaderTheme() function which is called
    after the bootloader configuration has been written. The
    function adapts/sets the THEME variable in the
    /etc/sysconfig/bootsplash file according to the boot
    theme set in the kiwi XML configuration
* Mon Apr 18 2011
  - fixed suseStripFirmware to match in subdirectories below
    /lib/firmware/ too. firmware installed by the kernel packages
    for example were removed
* Fri Apr 15 2011
  - v4.86 released
* Fri Apr 15 2011
  - DB: update documentation. Added chapter about hook scripts
* Thu Apr 14 2011
  - merge in relevant changes from x86 boot image descriptions
    into the ppc and s390 boot images
* Thu Apr 14 2011
  - fixed build
* Thu Apr 14 2011
  - fixed boot partition id in suse-repart if syslinux is
    used as bootloader. We are using fat32 now (c)
* Thu Apr 14 2011
  - using sfdisk --id now, thus require sfdisk in spec file
* Thu Apr 14 2011
  - fixed getStorageID function and the evaluation of the return
    value of this function. The assumption that the partition id
    is a decimal value is wrong, thus calling int() on the result
    is not a good idea. man I really shouldn't code at midnight
* Thu Apr 14 2011
  - fixed setupSUSEInitrd function. We create imho poinless
    links named linux.vmx and initrd.vmx which are not used
    at all if the initrd could be generated by mkinitrd.
    Additionally the links are broken if the running kernel
    is not the same as the installed kernel. Therefore I
    removed the creation of that link files
  - fixed kernelList function. the code searching for installed
    kernels if the running kernel can't be found was never
    reached. Additionally the function did not search for other
    than the running kernel which seems to be wrong if multiple
    kernels are installed
* Thu Apr 14 2011
  - update scripts for the ec2 examples to ensure
    the ssh policy and inittab console settings are correct
* Thu Apr 14 2011
  - added new consistency check to enforce that ec2 formatted images are
    created as file system types. This required an update to a number of
    other config files used for Validator unit testing. Added new unit
    tests for the EC2 requirement.
* Wed Apr 13 2011
  - fixed parted type setup, use the form 'set [nr] type 0x[id]'
    this is used to workaround a parted bug happening if you
    type 'set [nr] swap on'. parted refuses to set this even
    though the help page in batch mode tells the user to do it
    exactly that way
* Wed Apr 13 2011
  - removed fat 8+3 kernel/initrd renaming code. This is no longer
    required when using a fat32 / vfat partition / filesystem
  - fixed kernelCheck() function: rewrote the code
* Wed Apr 13 2011
  - fixed fstab setup in ec2 format setup (bnc #687211)
* Tue Apr 12 2011
  - fixed syslinux kernel/initrd setup in resetBootBind()
* Tue Apr 12 2011
  - added syslinux to package list of JeOS images
* Tue Apr 12 2011
  - fixed partition id setup if parted is used
* Tue Apr 12 2011
  - added lvm2 to ix86 SLE11 JeOS template
* Mon Apr 11 2011
  - fixed the --lvm option. The option now adds a systemdisk
    element and behaves the same as if the users would have
    modified the XML accordingly
* Mon Apr 11 2011
  - make sure installBootLoader() is called for vmxboot
    image if a root overlay filesystem structure is used
  - move resetBootBind() into installBootLoader()
* Mon Apr 11 2011
  - call setupBootPartition() only on first boot
* Mon Apr 11 2011
  - added evaluation of kiwi_ramonly element for vmx too
  - added evaluation of kiwi_ramonly element for ppc and s390 arch
  - added evaluation of kiwi_ramonly element for non LVM setup
* Mon Apr 11 2011
  - fixed subsequent mount procedure of a clicfs based image.
    The resize2fs call has to happen in any case if the image
    is a ramonly system
* Fri Apr 08 2011
  - v4.85 released
* Fri Apr 08 2011
  - in the fixupOverlayFilesOwnership() function
    fails to quote the filaname which results in problems with
    files/directories with spaces in their names.
* Thu Apr 07 2011
  - Added a new consistency check and unit tests to ensure that
    config.xml files specifying an image type that requires an
    initrd set the boot attribute on the <type> element.
* Wed Apr 06 2011
  Fixing a problem with imagewriter's makefile
* Wed Apr 06 2011
  Minor fix to the command line help output in Imagewriter
* Wed Apr 06 2011
  Fixing Imagewriter compilation w/ HAL support enabled
* Wed Apr 06 2011
  - don't use the result of a getExecPath() call happened outside
    of the chroot, for a command call inside the chroot. It might
    happen that the path to the binary is different inside the
    chroot and thus can't be found
* Wed Apr 06 2011
  Fixing bnc#679099 - Imagewriter still requires HAL
* Wed Apr 06 2011
  - added support for ZFCP devices
* Wed Apr 06 2011
  - added repodata information for s390 suse-sle11-repo
* Tue Apr 05 2011
  - if the target-device option is used kiwi normally doesn't
    create a disk image file until the image file is created
    by a dump off from the target device. SuSE studio requires
    the size information of the target disk before the dump off
    happens, because it creates that target device internally.
    Therefore this patch makes sure that a image disk file is
    created before the dump off happens
* Tue Apr 05 2011
  - moved from fat16 (0x6) to fat32 (0xc) for syslinux setup
* Tue Apr 05 2011
  - alpha sort the option parser
* Tue Apr 05 2011
  - fixed kiwiCommandLine unit test according to the changes
    done in commit: 7954bf3bed5845f4ece4991ef17f8f2978c8fbee
* Mon Apr 04 2011
  - created a repo to support new tests for size query and package
    install query. Additionally the common test case base class
    gets new methods to create a writable directory and to clean
    it up after the test
* Mon Apr 04 2011
  - fixed KIWICommandLine::setLogFile, it breaks for 'terminal' logging
  - fixed KIWICommandLine::setAdditionalRepos, it breaks if
    numAlias and or numPrios is zero
* Mon Apr 04 2011
  - fixed solvable creation for old distros (sle10) providing
    uncompressed versions of suse/setup/descr/packages file
* Mon Apr 04 2011
  - fixed init(), creation of global kiwi log object is
    required for KIWIQX execution logging
* Mon Apr 04 2011
  - added repodata to kiwi provided suse-* repos and move the
    repotype to rpm-md in all referencing XML descriptions
* Mon Apr 04 2011
  - removed test_cmdReplaceRepo_noRepoType test, it's valid
    to overwrite first repo without specifying a type
* Mon Apr 04 2011
  - renamed the test implementation and data base directory to be
    consistent with other tests, i.e. start with kiwi
* Sun Apr 03 2011
  - update spec file, added jing as recommended package
* Sun Apr 03 2011
  - added unit tests for the new KIWIXMLInfo object. Also
    break up the bigger tests into smaller test cases
* Sun Apr 03 2011
  - added a new KIWIXMLInfo object and eliminate the
    listXMLInfo() function from
* Fri Apr 01 2011
  - v4.84 released
* Fri Apr 01 2011
  - added normalizeBootPath() function which allows to use
    the following boot attribute source locator prefixes:
    * this://    => pointing to the image description directory
    * system://  => pointing to /usr/share/kiwi/image
    * dir://     => pointing to a directory
      if no source locator is set kiwi uses the path if it is an
      absolute path and in case of a relative path it checks if
      the path relative to the called directory exists and if not
      it also checks if the path exists below /usr/share/kiwi/image
* Fri Apr 01 2011
  - fixed repository setup for cache creation
* Thu Mar 31 2011
  - fixed LVM repartition code. if no recovery partition is
    requested just us the default end sector suggested by the
    partition tool
* Wed Mar 30 2011
  - fixed s390 LVM repartition code [2]
* Wed Mar 30 2011
  - fixed s390 LVM repartition code
* Wed Mar 30 2011
  - fixed zipl setup if used with LVM images
* Wed Mar 30 2011
  - suse 11.4 doesn't provide the by-id disk paths anymore.
    Because of that change kiwi switches to the by-path method
    with this commit
* Wed Mar 30 2011
  - do not replace @ to . in package names when building products
* Wed Mar 30 2011
  - fixed xen examples for suse 11.4, xen-tools-domU doesn't
    exist anymore. xen-tools is used instead
* Tue Mar 29 2011
  - dont't start udev using startproc (bnc #683126)
* Tue Mar 29 2011
  - fixed boot path lookup if boot attribute contains an
    absolute path (bnc #683135)
* Mon Mar 28 2011
  - added fixupOverlayFilesOwnership() function which handles
    all files from the overlay root tree and the image archives.
    The function changes the ownership of all that files to
    root:root if they don't belong to a user in the passwd file.
    files which belongs to passwd users are not touched and
    therefore must be added with the correct owner:group setup
    in the overlay tree and/or archive
* Mon Mar 28 2011
  - fixed perl warning (uninitialized variable) and a checker error
    when building an ISO image without setting the 'flags' attribute.
* Fri Mar 25 2011
  - v4.83 released
* Fri Mar 25 2011
  - option -s for qemu-img convert hast changed its meaning
* Thu Mar 24 2011
  - fixed pxeRaidCreate() function. Use --run option when creating
    the array and write a more reliable mdadm.conf file (bnc #678076)
* Wed Mar 23 2011
  - fixed format string of hexdump. If the mbrid has leading
    zero's the hexdump call removes them which leads to an
    error when string matching the mbrid
* Wed Mar 23 2011
  - DB: update documentation, new option --mbrid
* Wed Mar 23 2011
  - added support for a custom mbr disk label with
    the option --mbrid. The default is to create a random
    mbr disk label.
* Tue Mar 22 2011
  - DB: update documentation, new info module 'version'
* Tue Mar 22 2011
  - added info 'version' selection to obtain the appliance
    name and version information
* Tue Mar 22 2011
  - fixed start of udev and blogd
* Tue Mar 22 2011
  - enable loading of agp modules before udev is started (bnc #659843)
* Tue Mar 22 2011
  - reverts commit 8f5df54fd23cc6c16e7d72fe5954e62fd70bb458
    busybox is distributed with 11.4 (bnc #679660)
* Mon Mar 21 2011
  - added suseStripFirmware() which removes all firmware files
    which are not referenced by any module (bnc #681234)
* Mon Mar 21 2011
  - fixed use of uninitialized value in __checkPatternTypeAttrrValueConsistent
* Mon Mar 21 2011
  - DB: update documentation, new attribute prefer-license
* Mon Mar 21 2011
  - added support for the repository attribute 'prefered-license'
    The repository providing this flag will be used to install
    the license tarball due to request in bnc #633664. If no repo
    with a prefered license flag exists the search happens over
    all repos but it's not guaranteed in that case that the search
    order follows the repo order like they are written into
    the XML description (bnc #680886)
* Mon Mar 21 2011
  - DB: update documentation and examples, new element oem-silent-boot
* Mon Mar 21 2011
  - added support for the configuration of a silent OEM boot mode
    Normally the oem boot process switches the splash screen off.
    With <oem-silent-boot>true</oem-silent-boot> as part of the
    oemconfig section, the splash stays on top
* Fri Mar 18 2011
  - fixed examples, added boot.local script to the suse-live-stick
    example which allows to mount the fat boot partition as data
    container below /media/stickstorage
* Fri Mar 18 2011
  - fixed kiwirevision check. In case of a git revision it's
    invalid to check for less than a number. The check must
    match the revision
* Fri Mar 18 2011
  - DB: update documentation, kiwirevision specifies a git commit id
* Fri Mar 18 2011
  - v4.82 released
* Fri Mar 18 2011
  - fixed exit code handling:
    * kiwi --version     => exit 0
    * kiwi --help | -h   => exit 0
    * unknown option     => exit 1
    * no root privileges => exit 1
    * processsing error  => exit 1
* Fri Mar 18 2011
  - move the knowledge about the default package manager from
    the KIWIManager object into the XML object. This is a configuration
    value and thus the default should be in the part of the code
    that processes the configuration
* Fri Mar 18 2011
  - added a new target to the Makefile to allow the execution of a
    single unit test, i.e. support 'make KIWIXMLValidator.t'
    This is useful when working on unit tests as it allows to
    execute only the test being worked on.
* Thu Mar 17 2011
  - fixed spec file. perl-satsolver from the 11.4 distro doesn't
    contain the code changes Klaus made during the Studio workshop
    Therefore kiwi provides the required version now in the
    Virtualization:Appliances repo for 11.4 (bnc #680549)
* Thu Mar 17 2011
  - fixed 11.3 and 11.4 JeOS templates. openssl-certs doesn't exist
    there anymore. I replaced it by ca-certificates
* Thu Mar 17 2011
  - increased size of boot partition from 60M to 100M. If
    mkinitrd is called it might happen that /boot runs
    out of space
* Wed Mar 16 2011
  - The ISO generation code allows for either genisoimage or mkisofs.
    The checker does not support this. The patch addresses this problem
    and the checker no will be happy if either genisoimage or mkisofs
    is found (bnc #680148)
* Wed Mar 16 2011
  - fixed typos in ppc boot scripts (spaces at end of line, tab mismatches)
    and adapt latest noarch code changes from x86 boot scripts to ppc
  - removed from ppc JeOS template. That's done by the
    setupConsole() function in suse-preinit
* Wed Mar 16 2011
  - fix the VMware image example. The example does not contain
    necessary packages for a graphical user interface, thus
    setting window manager and runlevel in to imply
    that a GUI environment is present is misleading
* Tue Mar 15 2011
  - fixed device map cleanup. The cleanup happened to early
    because the installBootLoader() code accesses the device
    map under certain circumstances but the original device
    was already freed. In that case the installBootLoader()
    code re-adds the mapping but that could lead to a different
    device name compared to the one stored in the device
    mapping table
* Tue Mar 15 2011
  - prevent the use of File::Path qw(make_path remove_tree) because
    it's not compatible to File::Path qw(mkpath rmtree) in older
    perl versions
* Tue Mar 15 2011
  - fixed race condition in CD device search, missing udevPending
  - fixed wrong mountCalled variable setup, the return code of the
    mount call was not checked. So even if the mount failed the
    variable was set to 'yes' which leads to an umount of the root
    filesystem before the root filesystem was activated
* Tue Mar 15 2011
  - removed local sle11 repo assigned to 11.4 net|oemboot boot image
    description. This was to pull in busybox but I don't want sle
    busybox in 11.4 to avoid compatibility problems (bnc #679659)
* Tue Mar 15 2011
  - removed busybox from boot image descriptions for 11.4. It's
    not distributed with the 11.4 media anymore (bnc #679660)
* Tue Mar 15 2011
  - added new consistency check to assure that all credentials
    used with any specified "https" repository are the same. Further
    the consistency check verifies that the username and password
    attributes are always used together.
* Tue Mar 15 2011
  - added support for https repositories for zypper with username
    and password. Here is an example specification:
    <repository type="rpm-md" username="UNAME" password="PASS">
    <source path="https://..."/>
    kiwi now writes a credentials file and takes advantage of
    the zypper support for this file. This patch also addresses
    the problem that in the current implementation we end up using
    the build system zypper configuration file "zypper.conf"
    as zypper is called without the "--config" option.
* Tue Mar 15 2011
  - DB: update documentation, https support added for zypper
* Mon Mar 14 2011
  - fixed the udev trigger call which must only be called
    one time after the udev daemon has started (bnc #668014)
* Mon Mar 14 2011
  - fixed setup of the loader initrd variable. Normally this variable
    is set via the kernel commandline but in case of a PXE setup it
    might be missing. In that case we check if the bootloader is
    present as .profile variable in kiwi_bootloader and set loader
* Mon Mar 14 2011
  - fixed OEM PXE installation code. Wrong function name, checkServer
    was renamed into pxeCheckServer and the image file in case of a
    pxe installation is gzip compressed not squashfs embedded
* Mon Mar 14 2011
  - DB: update documentation, fixed typos
* Mon Mar 14 2011
  - fixed spec file, kiwi-desc-usbboot was dropped
* Mon Mar 14 2011
  - added netboot root configuration check. The NFSROOT setup in
    combination with clicfs is not allowed. It doesn't make sense
    because it requires the clicfs process to run on the NFS server
    which would allow to connect only one station safely. AOEROOT
    or NBDROOT should be used in combination with clicfs instead
* Mon Mar 14 2011
  - added kernel-firmware package to boot images
* Mon Mar 14 2011
  - DB: update documentation, added a section about OEM -> pxe install
* Fri Mar 11 2011
  - v4.81 released
* Fri Mar 11 2011
  - added function resetBootBind() which turns the bind mounted
    boot path into a standard distro path which allows kernel
    updates. resetBootBind() is only called if mkinitrd can
    be used according to the image root filesystem setup. Along
    with the resetBootBind change we also had to fix the setup
    of the fat boot partition if the syslinux bootloader is used.
    Normally there is a link named boot -> . but on fat we can't
    have links so the data has to be moved. (bnc #678159)
* Fri Mar 11 2011
  - adapt recent changes to x86 linuxrc to the s390 code stream
* Fri Mar 11 2011
  - fixed typo in motd message of 11.4 JeOS
* Fri Mar 11 2011
  - DB: update documentation for ramonly attribute
* Thu Mar 10 2011
  - fixed syslinux boot partition setup, links on fat does not exist
* Thu Mar 10 2011
  - added optional type attribute ramonly="true" which forces
    the COW device in a overlay filesystem setup to point to the
    main RAM memory
* Thu Mar 10 2011
  - DB: update schema documentation
* Thu Mar 10 2011
  - fixed evaluation of $main::FatStorage. I put it too late
    in the code so that the overall disk size wasn't adjusted
* Thu Mar 10 2011
  - removed usbboot boot image and usb image type from kiwi. The
    obsolete usb image type has been replaced by the hybrid iso
    image type or by the oem image type.
* Thu Mar 10 2011
  - DB: update documentation and removed the suse-live-stick examples.
  - DB: suse-live-stick are now handled by the hybrid iso examples
* Thu Mar 10 2011
  - added more careful grub install check
* Wed Mar 09 2011
  - When mounting the hybrid boot drive, select the partition
    marked as bootable instead of blindly mounting the first one.
    This change makes it possible to update the system if the
    image has been written to a writable medium.
* Wed Mar 09 2011
  - DB: update documentation, man page update (new options)
* Wed Mar 09 2011
  - fixed syslinux boot device setup if LVM is used
* Wed Mar 09 2011
  - make the creation of USB sticks more Windows friendly.
    For a detailed description how this is done watch the
    bug report: (bnc #677246)
* Tue Mar 08 2011
  - fixed spec file for s390 build
* Tue Mar 08 2011
  - fixed spec file for ppc build
* Fri Mar 04 2011
  - netboot: allow network boot in degraded raid mode (bnc #668014)
  - netboot: remove superblocks from raid disks if RAID
    has been dectivated in config.<MAC> (bnc #668014)
* Fri Mar 04 2011
  - added support for the ncpus attribute on the <machine>
    element. It is used to set the number of virtual cpus for a
    VM and written to .vmx and .xenconfig
* Thu Mar 03 2011
  - fixed xsl stylesheet convert47to48.xsl. existing lvmvolumes
    section wasn't translated into systemdisk section
* Thu Mar 03 2011
  - added KIWICommandLine and KIWIRuntimeChecker modules. The command
    line module is a storage container for the commandline options
    passed to kiwi. It's used to transport the data into other objects.
    One successor of KIWICommandLine is the KIWIRuntimeChecker module
    which does some checks while kiwi runs. This means kiwi reads in
    the image description and after that the runtimer checker checks
    if it is possible to build the desired image according to the
    specified information. If that tests are passed kiwi enters the
    actual processing mode which is either the image prepare or create.
    This is useful to exit early if some option combination or data
    set is valid according to the XML schema but can't be build due
    to other reasons.
* Thu Mar 03 2011
  - update RNG schema ec2region comment
* Thu Mar 03 2011
  - added support for the new EC2 Japan region
* Thu Mar 03 2011
  - assure that the given memory size given for a Vm is an integer
* Wed Mar 02 2011
  - removed python-elementtree package required by smart
    which was removed in an earlier commit
* Wed Mar 02 2011
  - make sure size parameter is used without adding kernel
    and initrd space if the given size is big enough.
* Wed Mar 02 2011
  - removed smart packages
  - export PBL_SKIP_BOOT_TEST=1 to allow mkinitrd to install
  - changed SLE10 JeOS example:
    * all packages in bootstrap to allow the use of zypper
    * remove installiso option which doesn't work because no squashfs
  - added an updated version of parted for SLE10
  - added a zypper version check for the kiwi upgrade mode
  - changed all SLE10 boot image descriptions to put packages
    into the bootstrap section to allow the use of zypper
  - adapt README of SLE10 JeOS, smart is not required
  - adapt kiwi.spec to recommend zypper only
* Wed Mar 02 2011
  - v4.80 released
* Wed Mar 02 2011
  - export meta data location content keys for ftp tree medias
* Wed Mar 02 2011
  - ftp medias beside first one should not provide the product
* Mon Feb 28 2011
  - don't ignore blocksize value from config.<MAC> (bnc #675004)
* Fri Feb 25 2011
  - added support for --recycle-root option which allows to use
    and modify an existing root tree while in the kiwi prepare
* Fri Feb 25 2011
  - v4.79 released
* Fri Feb 25 2011
  - The default tftp block size chosen by kiwi is too small and
    not aligned to page size (4096), so it causes unnecessary
    overhead. This patch improves loading performance a lot
* Thu Feb 24 2011
  - just compare the major version of squashfs kernel module and squashfs tools (bnc #674653)
* Thu Feb 24 2011
  - parse all available product file not just the first one
* Thu Feb 24 2011
  - fixed -z test for RELOAD_CONFIG variable in netboot
* Thu Feb 24 2011
  - added unit testing for the KIWILocator object
* Thu Feb 24 2011
  - added ensconce parameter -i imagename which contains
    the contents of the name attribute. ensconce requires this
    to distinguish between system image and initrd image
* Wed Feb 23 2011
  - Using here documents with tabs in front of the limit
    string works but is not recommended. Tabs are ignored
    when searching for the limit string but spaces are not,
    in which case the here document ends at the next occurence
    of the limit string or at the end of the file with some
    shells not even issuing a warning
* Wed Feb 23 2011
  - fixed use of uninitialized value if an improper
    configuration directory is specified
* Tue Feb 22 2011
  - move warning messages about shm and semaphores into logfile
* Tue Feb 22 2011
  - v4.78 released
* Tue Feb 22 2011
  - added check to enforce the "no whitespace" rule for profile names
* Tue Feb 22 2011
  - enhanced patternType check which now allows the use of the patternType
    attribute for all <packages> specifications that add packages to the
* Tue Feb 22 2011
  - fixed suse-min-gnome example, empty vmx package section doesn't make sense
* Tue Feb 22 2011
  - fixed cleanup of shared memory segments and semaphores
    by a valid destructor in
* Tue Feb 22 2011
  - fixed regexp in __checkPatternTypeAttrConsistent()
* Tue Feb 22 2011
  - fixed locale Makefile, wrong use of equals operator
* Mon Feb 21 2011
  - v4.77 released
* Mon Feb 21 2011
  - call isohybrid only once according to caller environment
* Mon Feb 21 2011
  - add optional support for hybrid iso for product medias
* Mon Feb 21 2011
  - v4.76 released
* Mon Feb 21 2011
  - added support for config-cdroot.tgz and in
    OEM install media (CD and stick) (bnc #673566)
* Mon Feb 21 2011
  - removed obsolete TestSuite check in KIWIURL
* Mon Feb 21 2011
  - moved check for ec2-bundle-image after the check for the
    Amazon AWS credentials
* Sun Feb 20 2011
  - setup owner/group permissions only if the user home
    directory exists (bnc #658172)
* Sun Feb 20 2011
  - DB: update documentation for netboot config files update feature
* Sun Feb 20 2011
  - added support for netboot config files update. The update
    happens according to the value of an optional md5sum hash
    specified per file
* Sat Feb 19 2011
  - rebuild rng schema from rnc data
* Sat Feb 19 2011
  - cosmetic changes to the unit tests
    * fixed the repo specification to point to online repo
    * updated the description to indicate what the test does
  - improve the error message when an undefined profile is referenced
  - added check for a consistent setting of the patternType
    attribute value
* Fri Feb 18 2011
  - v4.75 released
* Fri Feb 18 2011
  - fixed default behavior for oem-swap. If not specified the default
    should be to create a swap partition. This was accidently changed
* Fri Feb 18 2011
  - DB: fixed description about default partitions created
* Fri Feb 18 2011
  - allow creation of ec2 format even without credentials. In that
    case only the adaptions to the root image will be made but the
    ec2-bundle process will be skipped
* Fri Feb 18 2011
  - fixed use of uninitialized value in squashfs version check
* Fri Feb 18 2011
  - DB: update documentation according to the pxe raid feature change
* Fri Feb 18 2011
  - changed raid 1 support for pxe images. The former implementation
    can only use raid for the root partition. This implementation
    allows a custom partition table to be mapped in one raid 1 per
* Wed Feb 16 2011
  - fixed linuxPartition() to be fine with a raid partition too
* Wed Feb 16 2011
  - fixed raid partition setup. The wrong id was set. If there
    is only one raid partition on the disk fdisk doesn't require
    a number for the 't' command
* Wed Feb 16 2011
  - DB: update documentation
* Tue Feb 15 2011
  - restore copy of temporary files only if they are not provided
    by the overlay tree. This affects /etc/hosts and /etc/resolv.conf
* Tue Feb 15 2011
  - fixed createSnapshotMap() to be able to setup snapshot tables
    multiple times in a row. this requires unique table names
* Tue Feb 15 2011
  - fixed yast2 firstboot startup for old (sle10) init script
    based startup sequence (bnc #660770)
* Tue Feb 15 2011
  - fixed build, unfortunately perl-Test-Unit doesn't exist in BS
* Tue Feb 15 2011
  - added unit test framework and some XML validation tests
* Tue Feb 15 2011
  - fixed typos in XMLValidator output. This is
    important for the unit test results
* Tue Feb 15 2011
  - removed testsuite from kiwi. The current --testsuite mode
    has been removed because it has turned out that's it's unused
    code. With this testsuite it was possible to run scripts
    inside the kiwi created root tree and check their results.
    Basically this is only useful for testing the root tree
    integrity which can always be done outside of kiwi like
    studio and slepos does. Along with the change we will add
    unit tests for testing the XML error handling and I plan
    to integrate an end-to-end testng framework which allows to
    realy make sure the appliance works as expected
* Mon Feb 14 2011
  - fixed location of radeon.ko (typo: missing drivers/)
* Mon Feb 14 2011
  - added graphics cards direkt rendering modules for
    i915, nouveau and radeon for openSUSE 11.4
* Fri Feb 11 2011
  - v4.74 released
* Thu Feb 10 2011
  - removed split sections from oem examples, use the kiwi
    default split section for this examples
* Thu Feb 10 2011
  - changed the filesystem type to ext3 for 11.2 oem example
    because we found issues with ext4 on 11.2
* Thu Feb 10 2011
  - fixed __addDefaultSplitNode() function. A cloneNode() call
    is required if you add children from another DOM tree
* Wed Feb 09 2011
  - speedup prepare step with caches by skipping the bootstrap
    installation. If there is a cache available we add the
    bootstrap packages into the image package section and run
    the rest of the installation procedure in one image
    installation step
* Wed Feb 09 2011
  - make use of zypper's autorefresh feature and don't call
    zypper refresh manually anymore
* Wed Feb 09 2011
  - offer options to ignore specified but missing packages for product generation
* Wed Feb 09 2011
  - make a difference between arch modifiers (addarch and removearch) and
    usage of a package (no modifier). This solves the last problem for openSUSE
    biarch medias.
* Wed Feb 09 2011
  - fixed netboot disk device check. In case of a ramdisk only
    configuration there is no DISK set but the image download
    should happen into the ramdisk device. Therefore the disk
    device check was enhanced to check the ramdisk setup too
* Tue Feb 08 2011
  - fix arch= statement for real for multi arch medias, use only the subset
    of global required archs and filtered one by arch= statement
* Tue Feb 08 2011
  - moved caching system over from clicfs to a device mapper
    snapshot table. This seems to be more stable and leaves more
    room for improvements
* Mon Feb 07 2011
  - Revert wrong commit overriding package attributes on multi arch medias
    This reverts commit 1ef1a8b62df61899480285051c9b725990685113.
* Mon Feb 07 2011
  - avoid error message about undefined $manager variable when building a product
* Mon Feb 07 2011
  ignore missing debug packages, they may not get generated (esp on noarch packages).
* Mon Feb 07 2011
  handle autodetected src packages with correct arch (src or nosrc)
* Mon Feb 07 2011
  - DB: update documentation and examples due to new ec2region element
* Mon Feb 07 2011
  - added support for the <ec2region> child element for
    <ec2config>. With this a user can specify one or multiple
    target regions for the EC2 image. Specifying multiple <ec2region>
    elements creates multiple AMIs. The main convenience is that one
    does not have to look for the aki-... cryptic name for the PVGrub
    boot kernel as the value gets embedded in the generated manifest.
    Supported values are: AP-Singapore, EU-West, US-East, US-West
* Mon Feb 07 2011
  support blacklisting of packages via onlyarch=""
* Mon Feb 07 2011
  report about all missing packages and abort afterwards, not at the first missing package.
* Mon Feb 07 2011
  take care about arch= package statement for product required architectures
* Fri Feb 04 2011
  - v4.73 released
* Fri Feb 04 2011
  - DB: update ec2 documentation
* Fri Feb 04 2011
  - fixed typo in ec2 format creation (missing /)
* Thu Feb 03 2011
  - fixed ec2 examples
* Thu Feb 03 2011
  - DB: update ec2 docs and examples per request in (bnc #667303)
* Thu Feb 03 2011
  - improved ec2 format creation per request in (bnc #667303)
* Wed Feb 02 2011
  - provide partition info in MB instead of KB
* Tue Feb 01 2011
  - update s390 boot code according to generic changes in the x86 boot code
* Tue Feb 01 2011
  - added support for ppc images:
    * added oemboot boot code
    * added vmxboot boot code
    * adapt kiwi for creation of ppc disk images
    * adapt kiwi for creation of ppc install iso
    * added suse-SLE11-JeOS template for ppc
    * added support for lilo boot loader used for ppc
    * changed spec file to build ppc packages
* Tue Feb 01 2011
  - DB: update documentation: Added information about plain:// source
  - DB: update documentation: Improved smb:// paragraph
* Tue Feb 01 2011
  - fixed squashfs version check
* Tue Feb 01 2011
  - DB: update documentation, removed wrong version information
* Tue Feb 01 2011
  - added support for plain:// url types. They forward the URL
    (everything following "plain://") unmodified to the package
    manager. This can be used if kiwi does not support a special
    URL but the package manager does
* Tue Feb 01 2011
  - fixed smb mount. Leave // to indicate the share name and make
    sure we create a unique mount point with mktemp instead of using
    the share name as base
* Tue Feb 01 2011
  - DB: update documentation from review
* Mon Jan 31 2011
  - use -o guest option to mount a samba share without
    username and password specified
* Mon Jan 31 2011
  - fixed use of profiled repository sections
* Mon Jan 31 2011
  - DB: fixed typo: cifs-utils is required in bootstrap section
* Mon Jan 31 2011
  - DB: added documentation about smb:// repo source type
* Mon Jan 31 2011
  - added support for username and password in repository elements
  - enhanced cifs mount (smb://) to be able to use credentials
* Mon Jan 31 2011
  - Fail hard on missing packages during product build.
    This is requested with high prio from coolo, we need to make this
    an option later on.
* Fri Jan 28 2011
  - v4.72 released
* Fri Jan 28 2011
  - run parted capability checks only if parted exists
* Thu Jan 27 2011
  - fixed build for 11.4
* Thu Jan 27 2011
  - added filesystem mktool vs. kernel module version check for the
    squashfs filesystem. The check has been added in the checkType()
* Thu Jan 27 2011
  - add support for smb:// type urls by supporting cifs mount
* Wed Jan 26 2011
  - DB: fixed typo
* Wed Jan 26 2011
  - DB: added patch from Franz Leitl, fixing some typos
* Wed Jan 26 2011
  - added partition ID information into progress information when
    installing the system in partition install mode
* Wed Jan 26 2011
  - fixed lvresize calls in kiwi which are all missing the '+' prefix
  - fixed createSnapshotMap() to know about LVM volumes
  - fixed partition based installation with LVM image. The dialog for
    boot and root partition selection was broken and there is also a
    small fix improving the progress information when installing the
    image partitions to the disk partitions
* Tue Jan 25 2011
  - reverted the following commits:
    They broke the yast autoyast and firstboot setup. The provided
    config-yast-autoyast.xml or config-yast-firstboot.xml were not
    handled anymore
* Mon Jan 24 2011
  - removed fdisk support entirely except for changing the
    partition table created by the isohybrid tool. parted can't
    handle that table and therefore we use fdisk inside the
    function createHybridPersistent() but nowhere else anymore
* Mon Jan 24 2011
  - update schema and kiwi documentation
* Mon Jan 24 2011
  - fixed mdadm --stop call for pxe raid(1) boot
* Sun Jan 23 2011
  - check the return code for the image container mount call
* Fri Jan 21 2011
  - v4.71 released
* Fri Jan 21 2011
  - fixed partition selection in OEMFindPartitions(). Don't
    take any other than 0x83 partition types into account
* Fri Jan 21 2011
  - change the layout of the install ISO / USB stick. The raw
    disk image on the install media was compressed using gzip. The
    downside is that it's not possible to loop mount the compressed
    file. But for partition based installations this is required.
    Therefore the raw disk image is now packed into a squashfs
    filesystem (bnc #665888)
* Fri Jan 21 2011
  - fixed typos in kiwi_oemunattended and kiwi_oemswap evaluation
    which caused wrong content in the oemconfig file
* Thu Jan 20 2011
  - added support for gparted in partition based oem installation
    If the partition table does not provide the correct layout
    we start a X session with some descriptive message window
    and the gparted tool to be able to change the partition
    Author: Bernhard M. Wiedemann <bernhard+smartdiffgit>
* Thu Jan 20 2011
  fix approx 109 typos
* Thu Jan 20 2011
  - added check for $imageDiskDevice and the existence of
    $imageBootDevice to the setupBootPartition() function in
    order to prevent unused mount actions for /boot
    Author: Bernhard M. Wiedemann <bernhard+smartdiffgit>
* Thu Jan 20 2011
  fixes from review
* Thu Jan 20 2011
  - fixed skip check for firstboot and autoyast descriptions
* Wed Jan 19 2011
  - added check which disallows white space in the value for
    the displayname attribute
* Wed Jan 19 2011
  - fixed use of undefined value in validation
* Tue Jan 18 2011
  - added support for raid 1 (mirroring) for pxe images
* Tue Jan 18 2011
  - fixed insertion of repo alias and priority commandline options
    into the correct section of the XML description.
* Tue Jan 18 2011
  - dont't overwrite firstboot.xml or autoconf.xml if they
    exist as overlay files in the overlay root tree
* Mon Jan 17 2011
  - create private __expandFS() function and eliminate some code
    duplication by this new function
* Mon Jan 17 2011
  - added check for the PatternType attribute which may only be
    used for image and bootstrap packages. Check that this is
    set appropriately.
* Sat Jan 15 2011
  - fixed typo in use of oem-shutdown element
* Fri Jan 14 2011
  - fixed evalutation of patternType attribute
* Thu Jan 13 2011
  - make sure fixupFDiskSectors() only fixes the first partition
    start sector and doesn't touch the others (bnc #664236)
* Thu Jan 13 2011
  - make sure fixupFDiskSectors() is called on a non busy table (bnc #664236)
* Thu Jan 13 2011
  - fixed fdisk setup in alignment mode. fdisk is not able
    to suggest the correct next sector if called with the
    option "-u". Therefore only one partition is created in
    that mode and the rest is created in fdisk cylinder
    based mode (bnc #664236)
* Thu Jan 13 2011
  - added new module KIWILocator which perform operations to
    locate objects needed by Kiwi in the filesystem. Along with
    the new module other code parts which did that before has
    been replaced
* Thu Jan 13 2011
  - added support for satsolver bindings provided with the
    perl-satsolver package
* Mon Jan 10 2011
  - fixed syslinux/isolinux configuration for disk based
    images. Several problems like missing branding files,
    write checks in not existing directories and file checks
    in wrong directories were found
* Mon Jan 10 2011
  - fixed syslinux/isolinux config for non graphics boot setup
* Mon Jan 10 2011
  - minor clean up, remove match for yes
* Fri Jan 07 2011
  - v4.70 released
* Fri Jan 07 2011
  - fixed evaluation of kernelcmdline in createImageLiveCD()
* Wed Jan 05 2011
  Make SUSE meta data compression rsyncable (partly transferable).
* Wed Jan 05 2011
  - fixed setupKernelModules() in a way that it doesn't overwrite
    settings from /etc/sysconfig/kernel but append to them
* Tue Jan 04 2011
  - revert last commit, broken patch
* Tue Jan 04 2011
  - fix sed expression which removes the architecture suffix
    from the image name. The expression failed if the architecture
    is also part of the name so it changed to match the suffix
    at the end of the name string only
* Tue Jan 04 2011
  - don't call setupConsole twice if systemIntegrity is fine
    in kiwi netboot code. Also make sure unsetFile(), called
    on the dhcp info file, is called before the interface is
* Tue Jan 04 2011
  - fixed releaseNetwork() to cleanup /dev/.sysconfig as well
    as unset the variables from the dhcp info file which has been
    exported into the root shell environment. Those variables
    caused conflicts with the network scripts in /etc/init.d
* Tue Jan 04 2011
  - removed obsolete config file from suse-11.3/suse-live-stick
* Mon Jan 03 2011
  - cleanup netboot code. moved some functions into the
    pool and fixed bootloader setup when using clicfs images
* Mon Jan 03 2011
  - removed old and unmaintained ppc code
* Wed Dec 22 2010
  - added check for first sector start after repartitioning via
    fdisk. The start sector must be the same before and after the
    repartitioning (bnc #659865)
* Tue Dec 21 2010
  - make sure bootincluded packages and archives are not
    removed by the initrd strip down functions. This is done
    by introdudcing two new functions in
    * basePackBootIncludes
    * baseUnpackBootIncludes
      whereas the first one packs the bootinclude files and the
      second one unpacks them again. The standard boot image
      descriptions provided by kiwi uses that functions to make
      sure all bootincluded files can be restored at the end of
      the strip down functions called in (bnc #660743)
* Fri Dec 17 2010
  - v4.69 released
* Wed Dec 15 2010
  - if ensconce is used the pattern/package list is already solved.
    In that case it doesn't make sense to do solving with satsolver
    again. We are using the list provided by ensconce as solved list
    directly in that case.
* Wed Dec 15 2010
  - fixed ensconce call and parameters:
    * ensconce now resides in /usr/bin, so we can call it that way
    * pass -b parameter to ensconce, since bootstrap is obsolete
    * pass proper root parameter to ensconce
* Wed Dec 15 2010
  - fixed profile request handling when kiwi invokes itself
* Wed Dec 15 2010
  - fixed functions ignoreRepositories() and addRepository to
    correctly update the DOM tree and not only the internal
    hash structures
* Wed Dec 15 2010
  - fixed SLE11 template which did not include gfxboot branding
    packages if xenFlavour was selected
* Mon Dec 13 2010
  - fixed warning message when using int() on empty string
* Mon Dec 13 2010
  - fixed use of .buildenv
* Fri Dec 10 2010
  - renamed modprobe.conf.local to modprobe.d/99-local.conf on
    systems which doesn't support the old conf file anymore
* Fri Dec 10 2010
  - v4.68 released
* Thu Dec 09 2010
  - fixed location of local modprobe configuration file.
    The new place is in /etc/modprobe.d/99-local.conf. Only if this
    doesn't exist we will use /etc/modprobe.conf.local
* Wed Dec 08 2010
  - make baseSetupInPlaceGITRepository more useful
* Wed Dec 08 2010
  - fixed initial value (set it to empty) for INITRD_MODULES
* Wed Dec 08 2010
  - removed obsolete setImageType() function from KIWIXML
* Wed Dec 08 2010
  - make use of the --check-config modus in kiwi to validate
    and check the kiwi provided XML configurations within the
* Wed Dec 08 2010
  - fixed suse-SLE11-JeOS to validate correctly. It's not
    allowed to have multiple import="true" attributes set.
    Therefore the profile setup for this JeOS XML changed
* Wed Dec 08 2010
  - added Option --check-config which validates the XML using the
    new KIWIXMLValidator module. Along with the new module validation
    from KIWIXML has been moved into the KIWIXMLValidator object
* Wed Dec 08 2010
  - fixed use of createImageUSB() which has changed its name
    into createImageRootAndBoot()
* Tue Dec 07 2010
  - fixed boot partition setup for non mkinitrd supported setups
* Tue Dec 07 2010
  - added updateTypeList() function in KIWIXML which is required
    if an accessor function changes the XML tree the internal data
    structures needs to be updated too
* Tue Dec 07 2010
  - don't overwrite the zypp repo data when in recovery mode (bnc #657922)
* Tue Dec 07 2010
  - fixed cache creation
* Mon Dec 06 2010
  fix build for factory (openSUSE 11.4)
* Mon Dec 06 2010
  - added KIWIXML methods __populateProfiles() and __populateTypeInfo
    which are gathering the profile and type information as they are
    set by the XML description. Along with this change the following
    methodes have changed: __populateDefaultProfiles
    and __populateProfiledTypeInfo. They both read the data structures
    created by the first two and assign a new data structure
    according to the selected profiles.
* Mon Dec 06 2010
  - removed unneeded KIWIXML instance from KIWIBoot. The KIWIBoot
    constructor creates one instance of KIWIXML which is sufficient
    for all operations
* Mon Dec 06 2010
  - fixed parameter list in 'new KIWIXML' instances
* Sat Dec 04 2010
  - fixed repository update in __updateDescriptionFromChangeSet()
* Fri Dec 03 2010
  - v4.67 released
* Fri Dec 03 2010
  - make addDefaultSplitNode() a private helper method
    called __addDefaultSplitNode(). Also fixed that function to
    work correctly. It should add the default split mode for all
    relevant types (iso and split) and add the section only if
    those types doesn't already implement a split section
* Thu Dec 02 2010
  - cleanup KIWIImage and main kiwi code. The global variables
    ForeignRepo and ImageName has been removed. Additionally the
    KIWIXML constructor doesn't have the ForeignRepo hash in
    its parameter list. Inside KIWIXML the entire foreign data
    setup has been changed into methods creating and applying
    a changeset. Therefore a temporary global hash XMLChangeSet
    has been introduced. After apply of the changeset it will
    be removed directly. Along with the cleanup the creation
    and check for boot and prebuilt images has been moved into
    functions. The preparation step of kiwi now also writes back
    the internal XML changes into the XML file. Last but not
    least the global variable ImageDescription has been introduced
    which stores in prepare and create mode the path to the
    base image description which is required to know the location
    of bootincluded archives and this:// repos
* Wed Dec 01 2010
  - removed xml inheritance. This feature was never used
* Tue Nov 30 2010
  - restructured XML data processing by adding the following
    KIWIXML methods: __populateTypeInfo() and __populateImageTypeAndNode()
    The first method creates the %typeInfo hash which contains all
    possible <type> elements according to the selected profiles. The
    second method operates on the %typeInfo hash and initializes
    those part of the hash which represents the requested image type
    or the primary type or the first type read in. Both methodes are
    called only _once_ inside the object constructor. The existing method
    getImageTypeAndAttributes() has changed to simply return the selected
    part of the %typeInfo hash and does _not_ change any object data
    as done before.
* Tue Nov 30 2010
  - added check that only one type with image="myName" exists
    per <preferences section>
* Tue Nov 30 2010
  - fixed use of uninitialized value in KIWIXML processing
* Mon Nov 29 2010
  - if logfile option is specified along with --init-cache set the
    logfile to the 'terminal' mode. That's because in that mode
    multiple logfiles per cache are created and it wouldn't make
    much sense to have them in one file. If the output is on the
    terminal the user can decide himself for the redirection
* Mon Nov 29 2010
  - require clicfs >= 1.3.9 due to major bugs in former versions
* Mon Nov 29 2010
  - fixed __checkReferencedProfDefined to work with sections
    defining more than one profile like netboot does
* Mon Nov 29 2010
  - fixed invalid numeric expression in reqProfiles
  - added __populateDefaultProfiles according to XML restructuring
    and removed setDefaultProfiles
* Mon Nov 29 2010
  - fixed use of uninitialized value in
* Fri Nov 26 2010
  - v4.66 released
* Fri Nov 26 2010
  - fixed use of undefined value as an ARRAY reference
* Fri Nov 26 2010
  - removed unused cleanInitrd() function
* Fri Nov 26 2010
  - make sure bootstrap packages are handled when using a cache
  - fixed time when mounts the overlay and provide
    a function getImageTree() which returns the currently used
    root tree. Move the recovery creation, profile update, and
    cleanup after the KIWIImage module creation
* Fri Nov 26 2010
  - fixed overlay setup for KIWIBoot modules. Only if a cow
    file exists in the given system image path it's required to
    setup the overlay mount
* Fri Nov 26 2010
  - don't create new kiwi object if there is already one available
* Thu Nov 25 2010
  - check image type only if a preferences section is present
* Thu Nov 25 2010
  - fixed profile check in create mode
* Thu Nov 25 2010
  - cleanup xenconfig setup by removing conditions that no longer apply
    due to the removal of the xen image type which is now handled
    by the vmx/oem type flavoured with xen and xenk profiles
* Thu Nov 25 2010
  - make sure the package manager is added only once to the
    list when in --info mode
* Thu Nov 25 2010
  - fixed dumpsolv regexp which searches for pattern names
* Thu Nov 25 2010
  - fixed creation of boot image caches. It's required to prevent
    the kernel extraction from the cache because this is done in
    the preparation process which uses the cache
  - don't allow logfile option when in init-cache mode. This is
    because each cache has its own logfile living in the cache
* Thu Nov 25 2010
  - fixed minor code duplication inside the RNC schema
* Thu Nov 25 2010
  - deactivate compression for clicfs caches (faster)
  - fixed and cleaned up profile evaluation and use
* Thu Nov 25 2010
  make "mk_listings" call during product generation optional
* Thu Nov 25 2010
  - explicitly call SuSEconfig --module permissions. This module
    is no longer called by the default SuSEconfig call so we need
    to call it directly
* Wed Nov 24 2010
  - added the following consistency checks:
    * only 1 profile may be marked as default via import="true"
    * only 1 type per <preference> spec may be set as default via primary="true"
    * only 1 <preference> spec may reference 1 <profile>
    * only 1 <preference> specification without a profiles=... attribute
    * check that all references used via profiles="aName" attribute have
      a definition of <profile name="aName".../>
* Wed Nov 24 2010
  - require specific clicfs version because the version before
    has severe problems when writing to a cow file
* Tue Nov 23 2010
  - don't preserve rpm database on recovery. This could cause
    an inconsistent rpm database. Not preserving it could cause
    an incomplete but consistent database which is better. For
    reference a copy of the old database is stored in
* Mon Nov 22 2010
  - follow up: make sure system filesystems and mount options corresponds
    with the default settings we use in a standard installation with yast
* Mon Nov 22 2010
  - fixed cleanImage() function to cleanly umount partitions before
    calling init. Also make sure cleanImage reports its actions
    as part of the logfile
  - make sure system filesystems and mount options corresponds with
    the default settings we use in a standard installation with yast
* Mon Nov 22 2010
  - fixed typo in option description
* Fri Nov 19 2010
  - v4.65 released
    * rebuild documentation
    * rebuild schema documentation
* Fri Nov 19 2010
  - added an oem hook named: preCallInit which runs right before
    init is called or in case of a reboot/halt request right before
    that reboot (bnc #654404)
* Fri Nov 19 2010
  - make sure /dev is bind mounted when installing the very
    first bootstrap packages.
* Thu Nov 18 2010
  - DB: update documentation
* Wed Nov 17 2010
  - put package manager into solver list when calling
    kiwi --select ... --info packages
  - fixed clicfs mount in cache mount code:
    * we don't want reserved blocks
    * we don't want automatic filesystem check
    * we don't want to use --ignore-cow-errors
  - deactivate automatic cache creation and introduce a new
    operation mode called kiwi --init-cache. Caches needs to
    be created in a separate call. This has turned out to be
    more flexible and prevent customer confusion
  - add default cache image location: /var/cache/kiwi/image
    which can be overwritten by the --cache option. If one want
    to use caches in prepare or create mode it's required to
    select the cache location with this option.
  - removed baseroot attribute and defaultbaseroot element
    from XML description. baseroot has been replaced by the
    clicfs based caching process
  - don't leave .broken inside the tree if it is not broken
  - cleanup the overlay preparation code. The code is in exclusively. At each code point which
    requires it we create a KIWIOverlay object and let it
    control the overlay mount
* Wed Nov 17 2010
  - DB: add documentation about PXE hardware maps
* Wed Nov 17 2010
  - update documentation for oem-unattended mode
* Wed Nov 17 2010
  - if in oem-unattended mode and we found more than one disk for
    installation, use the first disk found by hwinfo
* Wed Nov 17 2010
  - fix bug in the format conversion from raw to qcow2.
    The 'convert' command to qemu-mig was missing.
* Wed Nov 17 2010
  - move the two consistency checks (kiwirevision and
    version format) out of the KIWIXML constructor and into
    their own methods
  - Implement a new consistency check, __checkFilesysSpec().
    This method assures that the 'filesystem' attribute is used
    for image types that require the attribute
* Tue Nov 16 2010
  - fixed creation and use of kiwi caches for boot images
    also make sure the same clicfs cache is mounted only once
    and is released in case of an exception
* Tue Nov 16 2010
  - netboot: fixed incorporation of hardware maps
  - netboot: evaluate additional VENDOR_CONF value
* Tue Nov 16 2010
  - fixed use of uninitialized variable @configNodes
  - fixed solvable setup for susetags
* Tue Nov 16 2010
  - update RNG schema due to last change to the RNC schema
* Tue Nov 16 2010
  - added new element <vmconfig-entry>text</vmconfig-entry> which
    allows the user to specify raw text that ends up in the .vmx
    or .xenconfig file. Certain default options currently written by
    Kiwi may be over written by these settings. Therefore the use
    of this option happens on your own risk. No validation of the
    raw text is performed.
* Mon Nov 15 2010
  - verify format used for the mac address when specifying
    the attribute on the vmnic element.
* Mon Nov 15 2010
  - fixed logging for listXMLInfo()
* Mon Nov 15 2010
  - move the XML validation and loading to it's own methods
  - added image consistency checks into KIWIXML as addition to
    the XSLT stylesheet processor. The function __validateConsistency
    provides a place to add consistency checks:
    * Added check: __checkPostDumpAction which ensures that only
      one of oem-bootwait, oem-reboot, oem-reboot-interactive,
      oem-shutdown or oem-shutdown-interactive is specified.
* Mon Nov 15 2010
  - added return string to partitionSize() function even in case of error
* Mon Nov 15 2010
  - added bc tool to netboot image descriptions
* Thu Nov 11 2010
  - allow boottimeout setup for image="iso" too
* Wed Nov 10 2010
  - added xsl stylesheet to convert images which uses the image="xen"
    type into an appropriate image="vmx" type because the xen image
    type was removed. Additionally increased schema version to v5.0
    with this change
* Tue Nov 09 2010
  - netboot: added support for hardware maps. Hardware maps are
    configuration files for a given range of MAC addresses. If a client
    of the specified range boots up the corresponding hardware map
    file will be loaded and merged with the default configuration.
    That way you can specify in one config file configurations dedicated
    to different machines. Example config.<MAC>
    HARDWARE_MAP="vendor1, vendor2, vendor3"
    vendor1_HARDWARE_MAP="xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:x1, xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:x2"
    if client xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:x1 boots up the file hardware_config.vendor1
    is additionally loaded from the pxe boot server
* Mon Nov 08 2010
  - fixed doit OBS script to work with branch names different from 'kiwi'
* Mon Nov 08 2010
  - more flexible post dump behavior:
    * Fix misnomer of oem-dumphalt, now called oem-bootwait
      xslt included, no change in functionality from oem-dumphalt
    * Add oem-reboot-interactive
      post a message before rebooting the system after image expansion
      wait for user interaction
    * Add oem-shutdown
      power the system off after dump and image expansion are complete
    * Add oem-shutdown-interactive
      post a message before system power off, wait for user interaction
* Sun Nov 07 2010
  - word-smithing for and doc
* Fri Nov 05 2010
  - v4.64 released
  - rebuild documentation
  - rebuild schema documentation
* Fri Nov 05 2010
  - added a command line argument to sepecify the default 'yes'
    answer for questions which could come up during the build process
* Fri Nov 05 2010
  - changed partition layout of LVM based vmx/oem images. The boot
    partition is now the first partition and we will use only one
    partition for the entire LVM as second partition (bnc #651331)
* Fri Nov 05 2010
  - fixed compare statement, in perl 'eq' for strings must be used
* Thu Nov 04 2010
  - fixed rpmlint warning: kiwi.src:434: W: macro-in-comment %config
* Thu Nov 04 2010
  - added 11.4 JeOS to spec file
* Thu Nov 04 2010
  - added templates and boot image descriptions for SuSE 11.4
  - removed doc/examples/suse-11.1
* Thu Nov 04 2010
  - fixed format conversion checks. iso type can't be converted
* Thu Nov 04 2010
  - fixed checkLVMbind() function to activate volume groups before
    checking the device mapper nodes
* Wed Nov 03 2010
  - fixed check for xvc/hvc consoles (bnc #650667)
* Tue Nov 02 2010
  - keeping old boot files in /boot and trying to copy
    in newly generated initrd + kernel during image startup
    could result in not enough space on /boot partition for LVM
    enabled builds. This patch fixes that by removing the old
    kernel + initrd, before copying in the new one.
* Tue Nov 02 2010
  - added languages nb_NO,da_DK,pt_PT and en_GB to the
    selection list
* Tue Nov 02 2010
  - support multiple vmnic elements for VMware
* Mon Nov 01 2010
  - added support for the XFS filesystem
* Mon Nov 01 2010
  - fixed the schema inplace dochint for the oem-dumphalt element
  - rebuild documentation
* Mon Nov 01 2010
  - don't let the recovery partition grow to the rest disk space
    available. This is not intended as the recovery partition should
    only be of the min size required to store the recovery data
* Fri Oct 15 2010
  - v4.63 released
  - rebuild documentation
  - rebuild schema documentation
* Fri Oct 15 2010
  - fixed repartition code, out of bounds partitioning
* Thu Oct 14 2010
  - added setupConsole() function to activate xvc and/or hvc consoles
    if their device nodes are present
* Wed Oct 13 2010
  - fixed xenconfig creation, virtual framebuffer line wasn't written
* Wed Oct 13 2010
  - fixed suse-11.3/suse-xen-guest example by removing some
    old static sysconfig files. Also remove the boot.xen service
    script it's no longer required as we can use the xvc device
    for the console
* Wed Oct 13 2010
  - added support for targetdevice option for filesystem images
  - if the targetdevice option is used check if the device
    exists before proceeding
* Tue Oct 12 2010
  - make sure volume is active again if no LVM repartition takes
    place. This is because recreateVTOCTable has deactivated the
    volume group before
* Tue Oct 12 2010
  - fixed LVM based repartition code for s390 and DASD, it's required to
    recreate the VTOC table here before you can create new partitions
* Tue Oct 12 2010
  - fixed creation of VTOC table; close active device maps first
* Mon Oct 11 2010
  - fixed spec file requirements, grub and clicfs only exists
    on ix86 and x86_64
* Mon Oct 11 2010
  - fixed use of satsolver if ensconce is used together with
    pattern names. ensonce uses an already resolved manifest file
    and thus it's not required to solve the patterns via
    satsolver (bnc #643442)
* Mon Oct 11 2010
  - changed the lvmvolumes section into systemdisk like the
    following example shows:
    <systemdisk name="system">
    <volume name="/home" freespace="1G"/>
  - update to new schema version 4.8 due to the systemdisk change
  - if systemdisk is specified a lvm setup is implicitly requested.
    Therefore also the attribute 'lvm' from the type section was removed
  - Also the oem-home element was removed with this change. A volume
    instead of a single partition should be used.
  - wrote a xslt stylesheet for the following conversions:
    * remove lvm attribute
    * move lvmvolumes element into systemdisk
    * move lvmgroup attribute into name
    * if oem-home is set create a systemdisk setup with a home volume
  - update documentation due to the systemdisk change
* Fri Oct 08 2010
  - v4.62 released
  - rebuild documentation
* Thu Oct 07 2010
  - added vfb (virtual framebuffer configuration) to the xenconfig file
    written by kiwi. This allows easy graphics console access with
    the virt-viewer program. If you want to run the xen domU in text
    mode you have to manually pass the option xencons=tty in the pygrub
    boot menu
* Thu Oct 07 2010
  - added egrep for dasd_configure to initrd
  - fixed the creation of the boot partition if a real targetdevice
    is used to prevent using the entire rest space for the boot image
* Thu Oct 07 2010
  - fixed boot device detection for zipl on dasd devices with LVM
* Thu Oct 07 2010
  - removed xencons boot option for domU creation in .xenconfig
    and from the bootloader kernel options (bnc #644138)
* Thu Oct 07 2010
  - update and rebuild documentation
* Thu Oct 07 2010
  - added support for setting up the boottimeout value prior
    to the default value in the config.xml <type> section.
    the unit for the timeout value is seconds if grub is used
    as the boot loader and 1/10 seconds if syslinux is used
    <type ... boottimeout="20">
* Thu Oct 07 2010
  - fixed fdasd input creation, wrong 't' command setup
* Thu Oct 07 2010
  - call udevPending before checking /sys/bus/usb/devices
* Mon Oct 04 2010
  - DB: Deleted kiwi-doc-intro.xml and moved content to kiwi-doc-workflow.xml
  - DB: Removed xinclude of kiwi-doc-intro.xml from kiwi-doc.xml
* Fri Oct 01 2010
  - v4.61 released
  - rebuild documentation
* Fri Oct 01 2010
  - fixed creation of install CD if syslinux is used.
  - fixed syslinux dosfs boot partition setup by adding the
    dosfstools package to the oemboot image descriptions
* Thu Sep 30 2010
  - fixed OEMRepartStandard(). Additionally to the last commit, fixed
    the use of the suggested last cylinder for swap and recovery only
    if no oem-systemsize is set
* Thu Sep 30 2010
  - fixed OEMRepartStandard() to use the suggested last cylinder for
    the last partition to become created instead of a fixed value.
    Also use the suggested last cylinder for the resize of the root
    partition if there is no other partition to become created and
    no oem-systemsize was specified
* Wed Sep 29 2010
  - fixed boot device detection for s390 KVM target
* Mon Sep 27 2010
  - fixed typo in DHCPCD option test
* Mon Sep 27 2010
  - added support for partition alignment with fdisk. Thus support
    for 4k-sector size disks (logical 512 byte) with fdisk was added
    when using parted the -align option is used in any case though.
    In order to use the alignment when fdisk is used the oemconfig
    element oem-align-partition must be set to 'true' (bnc #637333)
* Thu Sep 16 2010
  - v4.60 released
  - rebuild documentation
* Thu Sep 16 2010
  - removed umount -a call to prevent a read-only remount (bnc #635159)
* Thu Sep 16 2010
  - fixed searchGroupHardwareAddress() parameter list. mac_list must be
    a quoted string otherwise only the first entry is evaluated
* Wed Sep 15 2010
  - use $main::Gzip for compressing the recovery tarball
* Wed Sep 15 2010
  - moved hooks directory to kiwi-hooks
  - added and documented new hooks for oemboot
* Wed Sep 15 2010
  - DB: Fixed typo in xsl:import: instead xsl-ns it should be xsl in the URI
  - DB: Added option --nonet for xmllint and xsltproc to avoid opening a
    network connection (should be done through XML catalogs)
* Tue Sep 14 2010
  - fixed foreign lvm attribute setup, a value must be set
  - fixed setForeignTypeAttribute() to display the attribute value
* Tue Sep 14 2010
  - added support for s390 DASD repartitioning
* Tue Sep 14 2010
  - added 'rt' kernel-rt profile for isoboot, netboot, usbboot
    and vmxboot too (bnc #639217)
* Tue Sep 14 2010
  - DB: rebuild documentation
  - DB: Enhanced manpages with more tags, unified spelling of KIWI,
    splitted para in separate paragraphs
  - DB: fixed callout lists for PDF creation
* Tue Sep 14 2010
  - DB: added callout lists below pictures
* Tue Sep 14 2010
  - fixed --bootstick creation. Don't dump an image file when
    writing to the stick. Fixed image type setup when usbboot
    is used
* Mon Sep 13 2010
  - According to the documentation [1], parted uses SI prefixes when
    reporting sizes. Cylinder size is thus reported in 1000 Bytes,
    not 1024 Bytes. This caused partitions which were created using
    cylinder offsets to have a wrong size. This patch fixes that by
    correcting constants in offset calculation. It also removes the
    magic multiplication constant used when creating LVM volumes.
* Mon Sep 13 2010
  - DB: added callout graphics
* Mon Sep 13 2010
  - DB: fixed figure callout lists
* Mon Sep 13 2010
  - DB: changed figure text type to Helvetica
* Mon Sep 13 2010
  - DB: changed figures to use call-out list items
* Fri Sep 10 2010
  - fixed check for fdasd partitioner
* Fri Sep 10 2010
  - added 'rt' profile for oemboot pointing to kernel-rt (bnc #638512)
* Fri Sep 10 2010
  - DB: added doc hint about the use of multiple DVD's
* Fri Sep 10 2010
  - fixed disk increase per LVM volume (bnc #587361)
* Fri Sep 10 2010
  - v4.59 released
* Fri Sep 10 2010
  - DB: fixed Makefile to update Revision.txt from spec file version
* Fri Sep 10 2010
  - DB: Added <indexentry>s > ... and similar entries
* Thu Sep 09 2010
  - allow the qeth parameters to be set via the kernel
    commandline too for the s390/suse-SLE11-JeOS image.
    Detailed information about kernel parameters for this
    image can be found in the s390/suse-SLE11-JeOS/README
* Thu Sep 09 2010
  - fixed mount() function to work with disk files too
* Thu Sep 09 2010
  - if the --targetdevice option is set, create the image file
    by dumping bytes from the targetdevice. Also make sure the free
    space of the filesystem on the targetdevice is filled with
    zero bytes to gain a better compression result of the image
    file. --targetdevice is currently used for s390 DASD devices
* Thu Sep 09 2010
  - fixed suseSetupProduct looking for a SUSE_ prefix too (bnc #637996)
* Thu Sep 09 2010
  - rebuild documentation
* Thu Sep 09 2010
  -DB: pxe: fixed some spelling and gramatical errors
  -DB: Enabled mini tocs for chapters and appendices
  -DB: Chapter and appendix titles are in the format "Number Title" now
  -DB: Removed "Appendix" from kiwi-doc-appendix.xml
  -DB: Added more comments in fo/docbook.xsl
* Wed Sep 08 2010
  - fixed qeth setup in s390 template
* Wed Sep 08 2010
  - rebuild documentation
* Wed Sep 08 2010
  - DB: Reduced size of description.png image
  - DB: Converted informaltable to table, added xref
  - DB: Improved toc: Make chapters and appendices bold
  - DB: Activated numbering of sections
  - DB: Make <refentry>s title consistent with HTML
* Wed Sep 08 2010
  - removed unused root.tar.gz files in JeOS descriptions
  - added dasd_configure and qeth_configure to initrd
  - fixed check for kiwi_lvm variable
  - added functions isVirtioDevice and isDASDDevice to
    check for these devices.
  - added runPreinitServices to call scripts in
  - adapt s390 JeOS template to use preinit service
    scripts. This system should can be used to setup the
    hvc console for kvm as well as the network setup on
    a s390 guest system
* Tue Sep 07 2010
  - moved documentation from LaTeX to DocBook, PDF and HTML provided
* Tue Sep 07 2010
  - fixed s390 support for DASD devices. The main problem here is
    the detection of the disk. kiwi stores the busid value from the
    disk it used to create the image on in the kernel cmdline.
    We also had to add a function which set this disk online before
    we can access it via the device node
* Tue Sep 07 2010
  - added hint about hvc console usage in README of s390 JeOS template
* Tue Sep 07 2010
  - fixed fdasd input to use partition id=1 if LVM=8e was requested
* Tue Sep 07 2010
  - pxe: added support for non-contiguous MAC/IP grouping (bnc #636692)
  - pxe: added documentation for MAC/IP grouping
* Tue Sep 07 2010
  - fixed s390 vmxboot and oemboot boot images to contain the
    drivers/s390 kernel modules which are required for DASD and
    other s390 specific devices
* Tue Sep 07 2010
  - DB: added make check target to docbook Makefile
* Mon Sep 06 2010
  - added support for fdasd partitionier
  - fixed installation of zipl.conf when writing into real device
* Mon Sep 06 2010
  - allow the kernelCheck function to reboot via kexec (bnc #636406)
* Mon Sep 06 2010
  - DB: added missing dashes, resp. replaced with correct option dashes
  - DB: added set attribute for fo creation
  - DB: added common table id's
* Fri Sep 03 2010
  - DB: added fop configuration for PDF font setup
* Fri Sep 03 2010
  - allow boot disk creation to work from real devices too
    * setupBootDisk(),setupInstallCD and setupInstallStick()
      can operate on real disk devices too
    * changed setupBootStick to call setupBootDisk with the
      selected stick device as parameter
    * added a destructor function in KIWIBoot to cleanup all
      created tmp directories after the object is no longer in
      use. Prevent all clean* function to remove and tmp dir
    * cleanup KIWIBoot: removed cleanTmp function
    * cleanup KIWIBoot: moved kpartx calls into function
    * cleanup KIWIBoot: moved stick search into function
    * cleanup KIWIBoot: added checkLVMbind function
* Fri Sep 03 2010
  - DB: added ref counter for pictures
* Fri Sep 03 2010
  - DB: added IDs for all sect{1,2,3}, procedures, tables and figures
* Fri Sep 03 2010
  - DB: added 'man' target to create man pages
* Fri Sep 03 2010
  - DB: changed all <screen>: options from -bob to --bob
  - DB: added new stylesheet for html: xslt/html/docbook.xsl
  - DB: adapt Makefile according to new stylesheet
  - DB: update CSS from Andy
  - DB: fixed kiwi-man-*.xml: added id-Attribut, common
    name kiwi,Kiwi -> KIWI used, added <sgmltag>s for
* Thu Sep 02 2010
  - DB: fixed some commandline parameter dashes
  - DB: added title page for PDF
* Thu Sep 02 2010
  - DB: fixed man page template titles
  - DB: fixed Makefile, add kiwi-doc.xml to source files
  - DB: enabled index page creation
* Thu Sep 02 2010
  - DB: update documentation, pictures and the DocBook README file
* Thu Sep 02 2010
  - DB: fixed creation of picture files
* Thu Sep 02 2010
  - use $SERVER server ip for NFS or NBD root server if not
    specified in NBDROOT/NFSROOT
* Thu Sep 02 2010
  - added check for dhcpcd options. On sle10 we don't have
    the options -p or --noipv4ll
* Thu Sep 02 2010
  - DB: added index page to docbook source
  - DB: fixed Makefile for building book
* Wed Sep 01 2010
  - better Makefile for docbook book creation. Added pictures
    which are currently embedded as PNG's. This needs to be
    improved though
* Wed Sep 01 2010
  - started conversion of the documentation from LaTeX to DocBook.
    This first version is still missing a few things, therefore the
    LaTeX source is still in place and preferred
* Tue Aug 31 2010
  - make sure the lvm attribute is part of the .profile environment
    of the kiwi boot images. The value is exported as $kiwi_lvm. The
    searchVolumeGroup() function only operates if kiwi_lvm is set
    to true
  - moved the message text 'Searching for $VGROUP volume group'
    into the searchVolumeGroup() function and remove it from all
    boot image linuxrc's
* Tue Aug 31 2010
  - LVM: added 1% spare space for each volume to store the metadata
* Mon Aug 30 2010
  - prevent dd output on stderr when checking the boot sector
* Mon Aug 30 2010
  - fixed check for boot sector inclusion
* Mon Aug 30 2010
  - update documentation
* Mon Aug 30 2010
  - copy license files into the system if found on one of the
    specified repos. The first repo which provides a license.tar.gz
    is the one which is used (bnc #633664)
* Mon Aug 30 2010
  - added sync call before umounting the filesystems. Reasons
    for this workaround is the kernel problem in (bnc #15906)
* Fri Aug 27 2010
  - don't call the grub binary from the image this could lead
    to problems when the grub binary is linked against a library
    which doesn't exist on the build machine. Therefore we use
    the grub binary installed on the build machine (kiwi requires
    grub for vmx and oem now) and bind mount the grub stage
    files in boot/grub from the image to the build machine
    while grub is called
* Fri Aug 27 2010
  - v4.58 released
* Fri Aug 27 2010
  - make use of the mkfs.$FS toolset instead of mk2fs with parameters
    This is more compatible and also prevents us from dealing with
    the changed meanings of some mk2fs parameters (bnc #635052)
* Thu Aug 26 2010
  - fixed convert39to41.xsl to insert xenconfig and vmwareconfig
    sections also for iso image type
* Thu Aug 26 2010
  - added parted as requirement for kiwi-desc-oem|vmxboot
* Wed Aug 25 2010
  - fixed yum package check. the 'list available' command is not
    suitable for already installed packages. Therefore we use 'list all'
    which also works for already installed packages
* Wed Aug 25 2010
  - changed iso image type for RHEL template to use clicfs
    instead of squashfs
* Wed Aug 25 2010
  - added clicfs for RHEL 5.4 to kiwi rhel repo
* Wed Aug 25 2010
  - fixed clicfs mount by not using losetup on the clicfs file
    before mounting it via the clicfs command. The clicfs command
    now get the clicfs file directly. Problem here was that with
    a loop clicfs is no longer able to read the size of the clicfs
    file which results in unexpected behavior (bnc #629543)
  - Related to that fix clicfs based caching now works stable
* Wed Aug 25 2010
  - call dhcpcd with the option --noipv4ll to be able to check the
    return code of dhcpcd and to prevent the interface from an ip address
    if there was a DHCP timeout (bnc #634057)
* Wed Aug 25 2010
  - added package/group check before yum is called to install
    packages/groups. This is done because there are yum versions
    which silently ignore missing items and proceed installing
    the rest.
* Tue Aug 24 2010
  - fixed message about package installation when using ensconce
    The problem was that it prints always the same message about
    installing bootstrap packages even in non-chroot mode
* Tue Aug 24 2010
  - don't check the return code of dhcpcd it's always zero.
    Therefore the check has been changed to check for the creation
    of the /var/lib/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-$ file (bnc #634057)
* Mon Aug 23 2010
  - added <hwclock> setup to templates. Use utc by default
* Mon Aug 23 2010
  - allow setup of HWCLOCK in /etc/sysconfig/clock via the
    preferences element <hwclock>utc|localtime</hwclock>
* Mon Aug 23 2010
  - RHEL: fixed URL quoting when building with yum
  - RHEL: added alternative search path for isolinux.bin
* Mon Aug 23 2010
  - v4.57 released
* Fri Aug 20 2010
  - fixed etc/motd for suse-11.3-JeOS. It was still saying this
    is a 11.2 system, cut&paste bug :-)
* Fri Aug 20 2010
  - fixed suse-11.3/suse-min-gnome. Gnome is not working no
    session and desktop information was installed
* Fri Aug 20 2010
  - don't use mkclicfs from image root tree. That will fail in
    any case where the image buildsystem libraries doesn't match
    the ones required by the mkclicfs binary inside the root tree
* Fri Aug 20 2010
  - fixed suse-11.3/suse-min-gnome example. Some X11 packages
    where missing in order to boot up with a working X
* Wed Aug 18 2010
  - fixed convert39to41.xsl schema conversion. The attributes
    for the conversion from <deploy> to <pxedeploy> were missing
* Wed Aug 18 2010
  - fixed shell exception handling after the move mount of
    devices. In that cases the tty devices are in /mnt/dev and
    therefore any shell exception failed because the setctsid
    call can't find the device. This is now fixed (bnc #608620)
* Wed Aug 18 2010
  - fixed netboot building by providing atftp for SLE11 (bnc #632203)
* Tue Aug 17 2010
  - update schema documentation
* Tue Aug 17 2010
  - added support for selecting the default boot entry for a
    kiwi install image. The optional <type> attribute called
    installboot can take the values 'install' for standard
    installation, 'failsafe-install' for installation with
    failsafe kernel parameters and 'harddisk' which is the
    default anyway if no installboot attribute was
    given (bnc #624228)
* Tue Aug 17 2010
  - update documentation. XML elements and attributes are
    now listed in the index
* Tue Aug 17 2010
  - update documentation. Better index page
* Tue Aug 17 2010
  - update documentation
* Mon Aug 16 2010
  - removed unused variable $device in mountSystem()
* Mon Aug 16 2010
  - put the code which deactivates the filesystem check
    by resetting the mount counter into a function called
    resetMountCounter(). Let resetMountCounter also check
    the filesystem type to be able to distinguish different
    filesystem tools (bnc #627021)
* Fri Aug 13 2010
  - update documentation, fixed Makefile and changed box frame
    layout into two horizintal lines
* Fri Aug 13 2010
  - update documentation. Some style changes for code boxes
    which now allows also cut&paste
* Fri Aug 13 2010
  - disable filesystem check for kiwi managed partitions
    using tune2fs -c -1 -i 0 $device (bnc #627021)
* Wed Aug 11 2010
  - v4.56 released
* Wed Aug 11 2010
  - fixed permissions and ownership setup of read-write part in
    split images. The problem here was that the read-write part is
    created as new directory structure belonging to root. Therefore
    it's required to update permissions and ownership from the original
    tree afterwards in the same as it's done for the read-only and
    temporary parts
* Tue Aug 10 2010
  - make use of the --recursive feature of insserv and remove
    my own recursice insserv implementation which has to parse
    the insserv output and therefore always fail if that output
    changes (bnc #627480)
* Tue Aug 10 2010
  - added acpi modules to kiwi's oemboot initrd. This is required
    mostly for fan control on laptops and therefore very important
    for the preload images running on laptops to prevent overheating
    of the devices
* Tue Aug 10 2010
  - fixed hybrid persistent feature. The check for the bios
    protection was broken which caused the creation of the
    persistent write partition to be skipped.
  - added support for the kernel option wipecow=1. This option
    allows to wipe an eventually existing cow file on a hybrid
    iso image to start from scratch
* Tue Aug 10 2010
  - changed suse-11.3/suse-live-stick example to use the hybrid
    iso technology
* Tue Aug 10 2010
  - fixed coding style for driverupdate support in inst-sys mode
    also fixed DB comments in schema for driverupdate section
* Tue Aug 10 2010
  - update documentation and man pages. some formal and
    consistency changes over the entire document
* Mon Aug 09 2010
  - update documentation. Thanks to Thomas Schraitle
* Mon Aug 09 2010
  - pxe: make sure the CONF contents are evaluated even if
    the image is downloaded to RAM only instead of a persistent
* Mon Aug 09 2010
  - added missing xml object reference to foreign repo hash
    when building a split image
* Mon Aug 09 2010
  - setup overlay mount method in create mode if the file
    $Create/kiwi-root.cache exists
* Mon Aug 09 2010
  - update documentation. Thanks to Thomas for providing the patch
* Fri Aug 06 2010
  - v4.55 released
* Fri Aug 06 2010
  - fixed typo in config.xml search in overlay mount function
* Fri Aug 06 2010
  - turn main::Prepare into an abspath
* Fri Aug 06 2010
  - make sure the cache holds the correct copy of the base image
    and not the cache image XML
* Fri Aug 06 2010
  - added arch information into caches
* Fri Aug 06 2010
  - update documentation, patch by Thomas Schraitle
* Fri Aug 06 2010
  - moved cache creation into functions initializeCache()
    selectCache() and createCache()
  - added meta information into root tree if cow cache is used.
    It's required to have the name of the cache clicfs available
    when running kiwi create on a root tree created with a
    clicfs based cache
* Thu Aug 05 2010
  - improve caching by creating clicfs files from
    the single caches and mount them with a cow file for
    further operations.... still experimental
* Thu Aug 05 2010
  - fixed xen/ec2 examples to clone services into runlevel 4
    which is required by EC2
* Thu Aug 05 2010
  - changed ec2 account number back to default
* Thu Aug 05 2010
  - fixed boot image checksum creation in Makefile
* Thu Aug 05 2010
  - EC2: changed the way how ec2 images are created. We now bundle
    the ami from a raw disk Xen image using the ec2 kernel. Along
    with this change the xenboot boot image became obsolete and was
    removed in a previous commit. Support for Xen is now only availabe
    via disk image and Xen must support PVgrub in order to boot it
* Thu Aug 05 2010
  - EC2: update documentation about EC2 and Xen support
* Thu Aug 05 2010
  - EC2: removed support for xenboot boot images, xen/ec2 is disk based now
* Thu Aug 05 2010
  - EC2: removed suse-ec2-guest examples
  - EC2: added ec2Flavour into suse-xen-guest examples
  - EC2: changed suse-xen-guest examples image type to vmx with xen/ec2 kernel
* Wed Aug 04 2010
  - fixed changelog creation tool. Don't include information about
    branch merges or commits which just copied a changelog entry for
    a previos commit into the kiwi.changes file. We also don't include
    the svn to git conversion information as I think it's not required
* Wed Aug 04 2010
  - added xen guest example for 11.3
* Wed Aug 04 2010
  - fixed respect write protection for Live medium (SD-card)
* Wed Aug 04 2010
  - fixed MBR rewrite call in installBootLoader()
* Wed Aug 04 2010
  - fixed check for foreign packages. The problem here was that the
    correct packages sections were checked for matching the profiles
    of the boot image but they should be checked against the profiles
    of the system image.
* Wed Aug 04 2010
  - don't check the return value of the e2fsck call. If the
    filesystem check was forced for example by a wrong system
    clock the check runs successfully but the return value is
    not zero.
* Wed Aug 04 2010
  - fixed license display problem when no localized license files
    exist but a license.txt file does
* Wed Aug 04 2010
  - add the vm guest example to openSUSE 11.3
* Tue Aug 03 2010
  - create the kiwi.changes file from the git log information
* Tue Aug 03 2010
  - add the live stick example to openSUSE 11.3
* Tue Aug 03 2010
  - write back masterBootID (MBR ID) to the master boot record
    after it has been changed by installBootLoader()
* Tue Aug 03 2010
  - added suse-euca-cloud examples for 11.3
* Tue Aug 03 2010
  - reverted last change:
    don't call root filesystem check for images (bnc #627021)
    this causes the fs to remount read-only on newer versions
    if suse; what a crappy reaction
* Tue Aug 03 2010
  - fixed repartition code for fdisk (SLE10) (bnc #627807)
* Tue Aug 03 2010
  - don't call root filesystem check for images (bnc #627021)
* Tue Aug 03 2010
  - if a fixed xml size was set for a filesystem image we use if
    even if kiwi's calculation says it's too small. This allows users
    to create the image with less or no free space but also could
    cause the image to fail because of no space left on device.
    We don't use the fixed xml size if it's too small for a virtual
    disk based image though because this could cause the image to
    be created successfully but then failed on boot which is a bad
    user experience (bnc #627031)
* Tue Aug 03 2010
  - v4.54 released
* Tue Aug 03 2010
  - fixed evaluation of PARTED_... variables (bnc #627593)
* Mon Aug 02 2010
  - added entire usb stack to initrd for SLE11 oemboot (bnc #627439)
* Mon Aug 02 2010
  - v4.53 released
* Mon Aug 02 2010
  - again fixed the check for specific parted versions. I now
    changed it to directly check for the available options in
    parted instead of the parted version number
* Mon Aug 02 2010
  - when creating a new cpio image make sure an eventually
    existing old version of .splash.gz will be removed
* Fri Jul 30 2010
  - put patterns into image package section instead of bootstrap
    I discovered strange errors with older zypper versions when
    building newer images
* Fri Jul 30 2010
  - v4.52 released
* Fri Jul 30 2010
  - added log information about used boot-theme
* Fri Jul 30 2010
  - clarify user creation and group association documentation
  - some alpha ordering inside the schema
* Thu Jul 29 2010
  - support add-pattern option in upgrade mode too
* Thu Jul 29 2010
  - add changelog entry for last commit
  - recreate documentation
* Thu Jul 29 2010
  - again fixed parted version setup
* Wed Jul 28 2010
  - again fixed PARTED_VER setup. older version strings looks different
    than the new ones. We had to standardize those too
* Tue Jul 27 2010
  - fixed PARTED_VER setup and tests. If the parted version
    is below or equal 1.8.8 we switch to fdisk. This applies for
    sle10 where parted doesn't have some options which we require
* Tue Jul 27 2010
  - added support for image caching. With this feature you can
    provide a cache directory along with the option --cache.
    kiwi in prepare step looks into the directory if it finds
    a cache serving as the base-root for the system image.
    If it can't find one it creates caches based on the
    patterns used in the image description which speeds
    up subsequent prepare calls for this and other images
* Tue Jul 27 2010
  - fixed solvable cache if only one solvable is created it
    was removed and not cached
* Tue Jul 27 2010
  - fixed use of uninitialized value for $dir
* Tue Jul 27 2010
  - fixed suse-11.3/suse-min-gnome example, added missing
    icewm and a terminal :)
* Tue Jul 27 2010
  - don't create splash initrd if it already exists
* Tue Jul 27 2010
  - fixed use of uninitialized value for $overlay
* Mon Jul 26 2010
  - fixed SLE10 boot images using gettext-runtime. This package
    doesn't exist there, it was gettext only (bnc #625392)
* Mon Jul 26 2010
  - accidently removed an important return statement in
* Mon Jul 26 2010
  - v4.51 released
* Mon Jul 26 2010
  - fixed setupBootPartition() to return with a bootid
    export in _any_ case. Default bootid is 1 (bnc #625379)
* Fri Jul 23 2010
  - v4.50 released
* Fri Jul 23 2010
  - fixed URL quoting, we have to distinguish the quoting
    for local path URL's and network protocol URL's
* Thu Jul 22 2010
  - fixed xenconfig creation for vmx if no format was set
* Thu Jul 22 2010
  - fixed oem-partition-install for LVM images
* Thu Jul 22 2010
  - fixed use of uninitialized value and test -z usage in bash code
* Thu Jul 22 2010
  - fixed locale validation and documentation as well as
    some template examples provided by kiwi. The locale value
    in kiwi is always a UTF-8 locale therefore it's not
    allowed to add the encoding type to the locale string.
    We also support the xx_XX locale style only which is
    now all checked by the schema (bnc #620789)
* Thu Jul 22 2010
  - fixed documentation about the evaluation of the locale information
* Thu Jul 22 2010
  - fixed locale setup for some examples
* Wed Jul 21 2010
  - added 11.3 as migration target
* Wed Jul 21 2010
  - fixed suse-11.3/suse-pxe-client/config.xml
* Tue Jul 20 2010
  - fixed changelog chronology
* Tue Jul 20 2010
  - fixed oem recovery for LVM based images. It's required
    to backup the LVM metadata in order to restore it
* Tue Jul 20 2010
  - added main::isize function to replace the use of
    the -s operator. This is done because of SUSE Studio
    which maps a file to a block special under certain
    circumstances which causes -s to not work anymore
* Mon Jul 19 2010
  - v4.49 released
* Sat Jul 17 2010
  - install bootloader for vmx and usb after initial deployment
    to make sure reboot works
* Fri Jul 16 2010
  - added suport for the btrfs filesystem (bnc #596205)
* Fri Jul 16 2010
  Finally added driverupdate stuff to schema
* Fri Jul 16 2010
  - update ppc netboot image (copy of x86 version)
* Fri Jul 16 2010
  - fixed Makefile boot image md5 creation time
* Fri Jul 16 2010
  - v4.48 released
* Fri Jul 16 2010
  - fixed recovery cleanup code
  - fixed umountSystem call to check proc/mounts and umount
    a list of possible system mount paths in the right order
  - netboot: fixed creation of read-write partition
  - netboot: fixed boot partition setup, IFS restore required
  - netboot: imageDiskDevice was not set but used
* Thu Jul 15 2010
  - v4.47 released
* Thu Jul 15 2010
  - fixed parted sector init if the disk has no partitions
    we need to set startSectors to 1
* Wed Jul 14 2010
  - v4.46 released
* Wed Jul 14 2010
  - fixed kernelList and xenServer functions:
    * xenServer checks via kernel systemMap and kiwi_xendomain
      if a xen server bootloader setup is required
    * kernelList is fixed to store the running kernel as first
      entry in the kernel list
* Wed Jul 14 2010
  - do not fail when image files are symlinks to a device
* Wed Jul 14 2010
  - fixed race condition resulting at times in message of not
    finding the MBR and other times not finding the CD drive.
* Tue Jul 13 2010
  - put the information about the xen domain setup into the
    initrd as variable kiwi_xendomain
* Tue Jul 13 2010
  - remove unneeded initrd.vmx and linux.vmx files _before_
    calling mkinitrd. This saves space to not run into a space
    problem on the boot partition (bnc #621859)
* Tue Jul 13 2010
  - usb attribute in vmwareconfig doesn't exist anymore with
    the new machine section. usb is always present for vmware
    fixed xslt stylesheet for this case
* Fri Jul 09 2010
  - v4.45 released
* Fri Jul 09 2010
  - recovery tarball: tar is intelligent enough to find hard link references.
    This causes the archive to be smaller. But when kiwi installs the root
    tree into the image all hard link references will solve into a new inode.
    According to this the recreation of the tarball in combination with an
    inplace setup will always be bigger than the reference tarball from the
    root tree and this causes the recovery partition and/or the free space
    inside the root partition to be too small. I fixed this with the
    following tar option: --hard-dereference
* Fri Jul 09 2010
  - fixed convert38to39.xsl stylesheet
* Fri Jul 09 2010
  - fixed use of uninitialized value in fs tool check
* Thu Jul 08 2010
  - fixed evaluation of bool oem-inplace-recovery value
* Thu Jul 08 2010
  - moved in-place recovery file creation into suse-dump
    directly after the install verification (bnc #620777)
* Thu Jul 08 2010
  - don't put the recovery meta information into the recovery tarball
    when creating them dynamically
* Wed Jul 07 2010
  - clean up setupFirstBootYaST() function
* Wed Jul 07 2010
  - fixed build for s390
* Wed Jul 07 2010
  - improved s390 template
* Wed Jul 07 2010
  - add some sanity checks
* Wed Jul 07 2010
  - fixed loop cleanup after zipl install
* Wed Jul 07 2010
  - operate on loop mounted boot partition when writing zipl
* Wed Jul 07 2010
  - fixed zipl.conf creation
* Wed Jul 07 2010
  - zipl requires block device to operate
* Wed Jul 07 2010
  - fixed zipl.conf creation
* Wed Jul 07 2010
  - fixed zipl.conf creation
* Wed Jul 07 2010
  - leave tmpdir in case of an error while writing the bootloader
* Wed Jul 07 2010
  - added zipl install into disk image file code
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - fixed build
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - don't let it diverge too much between x86 and s390 suse-preinit
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - don't let it diverge too much between ix86 and s390 linuxrc code
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - fixed zipl.conf, typo when writing image line
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - fixed zipl.conf, forgot to add image
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - fixed zipl.conf parameters setup
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - fixed zipl.conf creation (invalid chars [], using () instead)
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - zipl doesn't read the configuration from a filesystem
    so any change triggers a new bootloader install command
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - fixed kernel search for s390 (image-...)
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - fill setupBootLoaderS390() with live
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - added kernel package to s390 JeOS
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - fixed product name
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - simplify s390 JeOS
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - added README files in arch directories
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - added support for the creation of the zipl.conf file
    the installation of zipl into the MBR from a loop file is
    still an open issue. We need to talk to IBM here first
  - restructure source tree a bit. make templates and repos
    architecture dependent because of the s390 implementations
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - make sure virtio_blk is loaded
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - match MBR id for little and big endian machines
* Tue Jul 06 2010
  - don't exit with an error if 'zypper rm' can't find the package
  - check for profiles when searching for foreign packages also
    search in type=image and type=bootstrap package sections
* Mon Jul 05 2010
  - removed SLE10 target for s390, we are starting with SLE11 SP1
  - added support for s390 kernel extraction from initrd (image file)
  - fixed vmxboot/oemboot boot image descriptions for s390
  - added kiwi-tools for s390/s390x
* Mon Jul 05 2010
  - fix syntax error from my last commit :/
* Fri Jul 02 2010
  - v4.44 released
* Fri Jul 02 2010
  - fixed this path evaluation (bnc #619482)
* Fri Jul 02 2010
  - fixed use of uninitialized iso object reference
* Thu Jul 01 2010
  - fixed repartition problem with new and old parted. The
    code has been changed in a way that it uses a sector
    based start value and a cylinder based end value
* Thu Jul 01 2010
  - call conversion module automatically but only if a format
    was set in config.xml. Exception: the xen image type, which
    requires a machine configuration but without a format conversion
* Thu Jul 01 2010
  Make volume id labels nicer on coolos request:
    * Always strip -Media
    * Do not add dots when stripping
    * Do add media number .XXX suffix only when multiple medias exist
* Thu Jul 01 2010
  - added volume label for recovery partition (bnc #618276)
* Thu Jul 01 2010
  - use format from xml if specified and not set on the commandline
    for the conversion into another image format
* Wed Jun 30 2010
  - fixed minor ovf creation bugs. Note old versions of ovftool will
    not work with this version of kiwi because VMware changed the
    option set of their own tool completely
* Wed Jun 30 2010
  - update image descriptions via xslt
* Wed Jun 30 2010
  - added xslt stylesheet to convert from schema v4.6 to v4.7
    the conversion moves the vmwareconfig and xenconfig sections
    into the common machine sections and also changes
    format="iso" into installiso="true" and format="usb" into
* Wed Jun 30 2010
  - update documentation according to the new KIWIImageFormat
    module and the changes in the type and VM configuration
    XML setup
* Tue Jun 29 2010
  - Cleanup formats in kiwi:
    * create new module for the conversion
      into different image formats like vmdk,ovf and friends.
      Also added function for creating the machine configuration
      into this new module
    * create common XML specification for vmware|xen config
      starting with <machine>
    * added new option --convert to kiwi.
    * recursively call kiwi with $main::Convert set to convert
      into the specified format and/or configuration
    * added bool attributes installcd and installstick replacing
      the old format="iso" and format="usb" setup
* Mon Jun 28 2010
  - moved the XML validation ahead of the first data extraction
  - changed the way validation errors are reported. If the xml
    file was converted via XSL the error will be reported
    against the converted file. This makes the error reporting
    more meaningful as otherwise validation errors are reported
    that are due to the use of an older schema version.
  - fixed typo in convert45to46.xsl. Do not swallow attributes
    on packages of the vmware section
  - Thanks to Robert who did the last three ones, great work :)
* Fri Jun 25 2010
  - v4.43 released
* Fri Jun 25 2010
  - fixed copy of root tree into final image. We used
    cp -a $source/* $dest which did not match the dot files
    in $source/.* Therefore I changed this to use a tar
    based copy
* Thu Jun 24 2010
  - added oem-inplace-recovery option which allows creation
    of the recovery tarball at first deployment instead of
    creating the tarball and store it inside the image
* Wed Jun 23 2010
  - add bugid to changelog entry
* Wed Jun 23 2010
  - update the min gnome example to 11.3
* Wed Jun 23 2010
  - use cylinder based alignment with new parted version
    2.2.x. This fixes the oem repartition code for systems
    which uses parted >= 2.2.x build on a parted 1.9.x build
    system. Also removed unused functions: partedGetSectors
    and partedStartCylinder
* Wed Jun 23 2010
  - fixed <image name="..."/> attribute validation, space
    and / is not allowed for this attribute
* Wed Jun 23 2010
  - started support for s390 imaging:
    * zipl support in kiwi. This is still work in progress only
      the skeleton at the required code points has been added.
    * adapted the JeOS sle11 template to provided a profile
      for x86 and s390 packages
    * also added vmxboot and oemboot bootimages to be build
      The code there will work as initrd for an s390 guest
      within kvm
* Tue Jun 22 2010
  - added alpha-ordering patch from Robert
* Tue Jun 22 2010
  - added SLE11 target for migration
* Tue Jun 22 2010
  - strict and warning should be loaded first
* Tue Jun 22 2010
  - fixed broken patch :(
* Tue Jun 22 2010
  - fixed use of global file handles
* Tue Jun 22 2010
  - changed spec file requirement: require virt-utils for
    distro versions >= 11.3
* Tue Jun 22 2010
  - cleaned up split image code:
    * unneeded directory checks
    * multiple functions calls where one would be ok
* Tue Jun 22 2010
  - migration: added version to cache file
* Mon Jun 21 2010
  - fixed split section evaluation (bnc #615121)
* Fri Jun 18 2010
  - exit kiwi directly if the possible question to create
    the destination directory was canceled by the user
* Fri Jun 18 2010
  - v4.42 released
* Fri Jun 18 2010
  - avoid a Perl runtime error message from being
    printed if the XML file parsing fails.
  - changed findExec to return undef if the executable
    cannot be found. If as previously the execName is returned
    the caller has no way to differentiate whether or not the
    desired executable actually exists on the system.
* Thu Jun 17 2010
  - migration:
    * fixed distro detection
    * added support for harware dependent package information
* Thu Jun 17 2010
  - redesigned and restructure the kiwi migration module
    we were working in a small workgroup this week to
    establish a new version of the migration module. Thanks
    to everybody in my team.
* Thu Jun 17 2010
  - added distro tags to orphant package list
* Thu Jun 17 2010
  - allow plaindir repo for solvable creation
* Thu Jun 17 2010
  - migration:
    * fixed deny list, service links must stay
    * apply deny links on overlay tree
* Wed Jun 16 2010
  - fixed attr access
* Wed Jun 16 2010
  - fixed file/directory search for migration
* Wed Jun 16 2010
  - fixed Makefile
  - don't follow symlinks to directories in migration
* Tue Jun 15 2010
  - fixed spec file to provide /var/cache/kiwi
  - fixed migration to be faster in searching non packaged
    files / directories
* Tue Jun 15 2010
  - migration:
  - fixed filesystem scan
  - copy /etc entirely to root/
  - don't setup services
  - use product file to add system repository
* Mon Jun 14 2010
  DriverUpdateDisk support
* Mon Jun 14 2010
  - Remove some code duplication by using a new
    getDefaultBaseRoot() function
* Mon Jun 14 2010
  - Remove some code duplication by using a new
    createDirInteractive() function
* Fri Jun 11 2010
  - v4.41 released
* Thu Jun 10 2010
  - added oem-unattended element which allows unattended
    installation if possible
* Thu Jun 10 2010
  - use dialog program to show dump reboot message
* Thu Jun 10 2010
  - added oem-dumphalt element which reboots the system after
    the image was dumped (installed) on the target device. A message
    appears and the system waits for a key event before reboot
* Wed Jun 09 2010
  - reduce the scope of the eval around the config.xml file parsing.
    The only operation that may fail with an exception is the parsing,
    while accessing the resulting document does not generate
    exceptions, thus the eval (exception handling) should only
    enclose the code that actually may trigger an exception
  - improve the XML validation error reporting if jing
    is installed on the system
* Wed Jun 09 2010
  - also search for pattern file name in repomd.xml
* Wed Jun 09 2010
  - fixed repo-patterns info module
* Wed Jun 09 2010
  - add selinux hint for RHEL example template
* Wed Jun 09 2010
  - fixed README for rhel image creation
* Tue Jun 08 2010
  - v4.40 released
* Tue Jun 08 2010
  - fixed luks + lvm boot if no re-partition code is called
* Tue Jun 08 2010
  - update documentation, added kiwirc manual page. Fixed
    manual page creation to contain correct version info
* Tue Jun 08 2010
  - check that the specified log server port is numeric in nature
* Mon Jun 07 2010
  - setup xencons only for domU setup (bnc #561635)
* Fri Jun 04 2010
  - v4.39 released
* Fri Jun 04 2010
  - removed dbsulock from kiwi, hal is deprecated
* Wed Jun 02 2010
  - fixed CDMountOption() to use blkid type check (bnc #610649)
* Wed Jun 02 2010
  - use vmxboot linuxrc for usbboot too, make sure --bootstick
    deployment does a cleanup of the write partition if used
* Wed Jun 02 2010
  - changed ovtool call, they don't understand -oq but -o -q
* Tue Jun 01 2010
  - use "kernel chain" syntax for syslinux chain loader
* Mon May 31 2010
  - don't touch modules in updates and weak-updates (bnc #609879)
* Mon May 31 2010
  - v4.38 released
* Sun May 30 2010
  - added findExec() function to check for tools
  - fixed unneeded kpartx call in installBootLoader
* Fri May 28 2010
  - check if the rootEFD is defined before attempting to
    write to the file handle
* Fri May 28 2010
  - fixed usb stick creation for sys|extlinux
* Thu May 27 2010
  - make fbiterm work in vmx images too
  - fixed setup of initrd/kernel links, because of the change
    from a link to a bind mount we can now make that code
* Thu May 27 2010
  - make sure boot image has enough space
* Thu May 27 2010
  - fixed boot configuration if overlay filesystem is used
* Thu May 27 2010
  - added support for extlinux based recovery (bnc #606651)
  - make recovery work with separate boot partition
  - use bind mount instead of link to boot partition
* Thu May 27 2010
  Very minor cleanups to the imagewriter
* Tue May 25 2010
  - fixed install cd boot parameters if ext|syslinux is used
  - fixed ext|syslinux setup in initrd code (
* Tue May 25 2010
  - changed ovftool options according to latest version
* Tue May 25 2010
  - use isolinux for install CD's if sys|extlinux was requested
    as bootloader for an oem image plus install media (bnc #606651)
  - fixed clicfs resize operation. The command is now based
    on a 512 byte sector size value instead of a 4k filesystem block
    size value which might be wrong depending on the size of the
    filesystem (bnc #604646)
* Fri May 21 2010
  - v4.37 released
* Fri May 21 2010
  - fixes endless building problem if function
    suseInsertService() is calling in and system/chroot contains a broken
    /etc/init.d/ script.
    (bnc #605981)
* Fri May 21 2010
  - oem: fixed creation of clicfs over LVM images
  - oem: fixed home device setup for LVM
  - oem: fixed fstab setup for LVHome
* Fri May 21 2010
  - update documentation and schema documentation due to last
    change (dmsquash support removed)
* Fri May 21 2010
  - fixed setLVMDeviceMap() function. The contents of
    $result{dmapper} were wrong if the device was a loop
* Fri May 21 2010
  - removed support for dmsquash filesystem. This implementation
    was replaced by clicfs. dmsquash was a combination of a
    squashfs filesystem together with a device mapper snapshot
    as copy-on-write part. There was no way to properly react
    if we run out of cow space which also makes this feature
    more or less useles in a production environment
* Fri May 21 2010
  - fixed size check for repart operation
  - make sure home has a min size of 500 MB if home partition
    was requested
* Thu May 20 2010
  - removed plusSuggested attribute, update documentation
    and added sort patch by Robert
* Thu May 20 2010
  - rewrote the oem partition code for better maintenance
    and to support syslinux/extlinux bootloader (bnc #606651)
* Wed May 19 2010
  - update documentation
* Wed May 19 2010
  - fixed packages type value "net" which should be pxe
  - added documentation update from Robert
* Tue May 18 2010
  - fixed typo in comment
* Tue May 18 2010
  - use tar command to copy overlay files which is more
    error prune than the cp command (bnc #476117)
* Tue May 18 2010
  - fix for Bug 604705 - kiwi overwrites /etc/sysconfig/firstboot
* Tue May 18 2010
  - fixed replace package handling and update JeOS templates
    accordingly. This allows to bind multiple package actions
    bound to one package
* Tue May 18 2010
  - added support for type specific package sections
    <packages type="iso|net|usb|oem|xen|vmx">. Along with this
    change a new Schema version 4.6 was introduced which
    automatically converts the type="vmware" section into
    a type="vmx" section
* Mon May 17 2010
  - added support for extlinux bootloader for vmx and usbboot.
    support for extlinux and oemboot will follow later. The
    repartition code of the oem images causes a more complex
    implementation for sys|extlinux.
* Mon May 17 2010
  - check RPM version of autoyast
* Fri May 14 2010
  - added support for displayname for vmx type (bnc #605939)
* Fri May 14 2010
  - v4.36 released
* Fri May 14 2010
  - fixed in place search field text
* Fri May 14 2010
  - fixed some typo in migration js
* Fri May 14 2010
  - activate javascript in migration report
* Fri May 14 2010
  - added search field for unpackaged file list on the
    generated migration report page
* Fri May 14 2010
  - update schema documentation, schema doc hint fix
* Wed May 12 2010
  - better changelog entry for last fix
* Wed May 12 2010
  - revert last change to Dialog function and fixed luksOpen
    function to use the runInteractive() method for dialogs with
    input fields
* Wed May 12 2010
  - update translations from suse svn
* Wed May 12 2010
  - fixed Dialog function work with input fields
* Wed May 12 2010
  - fixed probeFileSystem function for luks detection.
    blkid returned crypto_LUKS which was missing in the
    case section
* Wed May 12 2010
  - v4.35 released
* Wed May 12 2010
  - disabled autoyastClone() temporarly, we need to find a way to
    call that only on >= 11.3 systems
* Wed May 12 2010
  - update migration css code
* Wed May 12 2010
  - fixed cleanup of xmlused/xmlorig files
* Wed May 12 2010
  - added .info file for cached solvables
  - fixed solvable pattern creation. It's required to lookup susetags
    even if there is a repodata meta data information to be able to
    create a full featured solvable including all pattern names
* Tue May 11 2010
  - migration changes:
    * automatically copy the packaged but modified files
      into the overlay section and don't put them into the report
    * create a HTML file list for the unpackaged files
      to browse through and update the text.
* Tue May 11 2010
  - deactivate splash screen for initial deployment
    in kiwi OEM boot images (bnc #600710)
* Tue May 11 2010
  - start sshd for SLE10 JeOS
* Tue May 11 2010
  - fixed rpmLibs() function, need ldconfig after cleanup
* Tue May 11 2010
  - some code cleanup in, unused variables
  - call mkclicfs from the installed root tree instead of the
    build system to prevent version conflicts. If no clicfs
    is installed by the image description a warning message is
    displayed and the build system mkclicfs is used as
    before (bnc #604646)
* Mon May 10 2010
  - fixed min inode count when creating the virtual disk
    from a root directory instead of a root image file
* Mon May 10 2010
  - set fixed journal size to 12 MB, fixed size calculation
    in which did not take the journal size into
    account (bnc #587361)
* Fri May 07 2010
  - umountSystemFilesystems at the end of isoboot pre-init
* Fri May 07 2010
  - v4.34 released
* Fri May 07 2010
  - fixed old live iso type (no flags set) to work again.
    The problem was that we prevent --follow-symlinks in this
    mode but then we also have to copy the fixed read-write
    part as file to the iso structure instead of linking it.
    This fix is related to (bnc #599712)
* Fri May 07 2010
  - typo in changelog
* Fri May 07 2010
  - removed check for utimer program, it's not a mandatory
    requirement for the system to be able to boot correctly
  - fixed mkinitrd call, check if the option -B exists and
    don't pass it if it doesn't first (bnc #603338)
* Thu May 06 2010
  - beautify migration report and fixed html code
* Wed May 05 2010
  - fixed warning message if URL can't be resolved
  - fixed space problem when setting up boot partition for
    images which requires a separate boot partition which is
    the case for filesystems like clicfs. This caused a wrong
    copy of the initrd and prevents the system from being
    able to reboot
* Tue May 04 2010
  - package scripts change: use File::lchown qw( lutimes ); for
    changing the a|mtime of the symlinks inside the source tarball.
    This means all people who use "make build" from the kiwi source
    need to make sure they have the File::lchown module installed
    from CPAN
* Tue May 04 2010
  - preserve timestamps of source tarballs if not change has
    happened. I'm still searching for a way to preserve timestamps
    of symlinks (cp -a has a bug and does not preserve it)
* Tue May 04 2010
  - fixed pxeSwapDevice to create the correct device node
    name using ddn function
* Tue May 04 2010
  - v4.33 released
* Tue May 04 2010
  - support partition type 8e (V) in pxePartitionInput()
* Mon May 03 2010
  - fixed build
* Mon May 03 2010
  - split up kiwi source into: source, repository and
    documentation tarballs to be more OBS friendly (bnc #601908)
* Mon May 03 2010
  - removed netboot specific partition code and replace
    it by the common partition functions used for oem
    and other tasks, related to (bnc #601890)
* Mon May 03 2010
  - added support for Xen dom0 over netboot (bnc #601890)
* Fri Apr 30 2010
  Add cciss driver: make blade center with HP smart array controller supported
* Fri Apr 30 2010
  - added cyrus-sasl to netboot images (bnc #600951)
* Thu Apr 29 2010
  - moved the PARTITIONER change for hybrid into the CDMount function
* Thu Apr 29 2010
  - fixed createHybridPersistent: wait for new storage device
    before creating a filesystem. Also make sure imageDiskDevice
    is set before calling callPartitioner()
* Thu Apr 29 2010
  - added parted to isoboot images this is required for
    the hybrid persistent feature. also increased min space
    for clicfs embedded ext3 filesystem. Also fixed the
    createHybridPersistent() function to use fdisk instead
    of parted. The problem here is that parted doesn't accept
    the partitiont able written by the isohybrid tool.
* Thu Apr 29 2010
  - v4.32 released
* Wed Apr 28 2010
  - fixed repartition code for overlay systems (clicfs)
* Wed Apr 28 2010
  - fixed clicboot contents (kernel, initrd was missing)
* Wed Apr 28 2010
  - fixed repartition code for overlay systems (clicfs)
* Tue Apr 27 2010
  - fixed satplugin hash creation
  - sort package list in migration mode
* Tue Apr 27 2010
  - support new createrepo repomd.xml metadata information.
    kiwi now reads the repomd.xml if it exists and parses the
    primary data section in order to get all metadata file names
* Tue Apr 27 2010
  - don't create empty /var/lib/YaST2 directory during migration
* Tue Apr 27 2010
  - don't create install.inf and runme_at_boot in migration code
    we are creating the config-yast-autoyast.xml file and during
    kiwi prepare all required files to start autoyast are created
* Tue Apr 27 2010
  - fixed skip package detection in migration
* Tue Apr 27 2010
  - more file checks in migration autoyast clone code
* Tue Apr 27 2010
  - added file check before moving
* Tue Apr 27 2010
  - fixed regexp
* Mon Apr 26 2010
  - automatically skip the gpg-pubkey packages during migration
* Mon Apr 26 2010
  - removed kiwi's own pattern solving module. The satsolver
    approach is the preferred solution to implement this
* Fri Apr 23 2010
  - added alarm timer for HTTP requests. If a URL can't be
    resolved due to problems on the remote side the request
    will be canceled after 5 seconds
* Fri Apr 23 2010
  - v4.31 released
* Thu Apr 22 2010
  - removed atftp from SLED oem|netboot (bnc #598899)
* Thu Apr 22 2010
  - better changelog message for last fix
* Thu Apr 22 2010
  - use -t instead of -T for mke2fs
* Wed Apr 21 2010
  - update schema docs
* Wed Apr 21 2010
  - added support for OEM partition based install (bnc #597679)
* Tue Apr 20 2010
  use gfxboot.c32 if does not exist
    Signed-off-by: Steffen Winterfeldt <>
* Tue Apr 20 2010
  - fixed function dn(), added function nd()
    dn -> disk device name from device node
    nd -> device node number from device node
* Mon Apr 19 2010
  - removed SAP related code from boot images.
    This was only for a proof of concept and never lead to anything useful
* Sun Apr 18 2010
  fix product building for current factory
* Fri Apr 16 2010
  - v4.30 released
* Fri Apr 16 2010
  - fixed kiwi -l output
* Thu Apr 15 2010
  - changed info module to print XML output
* Thu Apr 15 2010
  - fixed info module patterns selection
  - fixed info module repo-patterns output (prevent empty lines)
* Thu Apr 15 2010
  - fixed the --select types info module
  - fixed the info module to respect the XML profile setup
* Thu Apr 15 2010
  - nicer info output
* Thu Apr 15 2010
  - added package version and architecture information when
    requesting the solved packages list via --info
* Wed Apr 14 2010
  - remove 0 in partition ID detection
* Wed Apr 14 2010
  - fixed partedGetPartitionID() function to return correct ID
* Wed Apr 14 2010
  - added parted to vmxboot images
* Wed Apr 14 2010
  - reverted last change in default split section
* Wed Apr 14 2010
  - fixed split boot, cleanImage is not allowed to umount
    the required but non busy symlinked read-write part
* Wed Apr 14 2010
  - cleaned up unused variables in
* Wed Apr 14 2010
  - enhanced KIWILinuxRC create/resize filesystem functions
    to be able to return only the command without actually
    invoking it
* Mon Apr 12 2010
  - version v4.29
* Mon Apr 12 2010
  - speedup prepare step by not removing the repository
    when the chroot switch happens
* Mon Apr 12 2010
  - restart utimer in pre-init stage, also put the time
    information into /dev which is a bind mounted location
* Mon Apr 12 2010
  - Don't update bootloader when calling mkinitrd. The bootloader
    setup in the first place was done by kiwi (bnc #595073)
* Fri Apr 09 2010
  - activate verbose mode for --info module
* Fri Apr 09 2010
  fix skipping of not wanted release packages, because they are not on media. (#594808)
* Fri Apr 09 2010
  - fixed info module to work with loop media like iso://
* Thu Apr 08 2010
  - v4.28
  - fixed typo in repo prio message
* Thu Apr 08 2010
  - make ppc netboot suse-linuxrc the same as for ix86
* Thu Apr 08 2010
  - removed SAP related code. This was only for a proof
    of concept and never lead to anything useful
* Thu Apr 08 2010
  - added common functions resizeFilesystem() and
    createFilesystem() in
* Thu Apr 08 2010
  - added suse-11.3 boot and image templates. Also removed
    suse-11.0 boot and image templates
  - cleaned up spec file, removed prebuild code and package
    which is not used by anybody
* Wed Apr 07 2010
  - fixed bootnext boot from harddrive feature (bnc #583212)
* Wed Apr 07 2010
  - forgot to add probeFilesystem bevore restoring home filesystem
    because of this only the default action (ext3) applies
* Wed Apr 07 2010
  - also use the root filesystem type for the optional home
    filesystem while in a OEM deployment process (bnc #594202)
  - make the recovery filesystem an ext2 filesystem
  - fixed createPartedInput() to always have a partition ID
* Tue Apr 06 2010
  - added missing "done" status
* Tue Apr 06 2010
  - ovftool will create junks of data according to the image size
    to allow better download performance. Because of this I changed
    the call to create new files in a separate directory
* Tue Mar 30 2010
  - added iputils package to 11.2 JeOS
* Mon Mar 29 2010
  - v4.27
  - fixed --build option, glob check did not work (bnc #591889)
* Fri Mar 26 2010
  - leave /mnt directory before calling umountSystem
  - fixed bc division by zero
* Fri Mar 26 2010
  - leave libnss_dns inside the boot images for name resolution
  - don't print usage message for inst-source module, works suse
    internally only at the moment
* Thu Mar 25 2010
  - fixed cloud examples, use rsyslog in 11.2 example
* Thu Mar 25 2010
  - use bootnext 'boot from hard disk' for ISO's too (bnc #583212)
* Thu Mar 25 2010
  - added uncompressed tar size information for OEM recovery
* Thu Mar 25 2010
  - update changelog
  - cleanup the yast clone config code a bit
* Thu Mar 25 2010
  * autoyast cloning code added to migration
* Thu Mar 25 2010
  - update XML catalog and format of suse-euca-cloud example
* Tue Mar 23 2010
  - switched to parted as default partition tool
* Tue Mar 23 2010
  - removed destdir check for migration
* Tue Mar 23 2010
  - force base destination directory for image migration and
    update documenation about migration
* Tue Mar 23 2010
  - added /mnt/var/cache/recovery/oem-trigger to be written
    after the kiwi recover/restore process in order to allow
    scripts to do something on boot of the recovered/restored
    system (bnc #586529)
* Mon Mar 22 2010
  - v4.25
  - added bootnext program which implements a small boot loader
    needed for the 'boot from hard disk' menu entry on usb media.
    It basically loads the mbr from the first drive that is
    not the usb stick. Thanks to Steffen Winterfeldt who
    implemented this (bnc #583212)
* Sun Mar 21 2010
  Fixing the imagewriter desktop file and spec file
* Sun Mar 21 2010
  Add a helpful message when there are no USB keys present
* Fri Mar 19 2010
  - added example to create cloud infrastructure
    images based on Eucalyptus
* Fri Mar 19 2010
  - fixed error which is triggered if the overlay root directory
    of the image description exists but is empty.
* Fri Mar 19 2010
  - added dialog based OEM install verification UI
* Fri Mar 19 2010
  - fixed runInteractive() exit code handling
* Fri Mar 19 2010
  - added "Select disk for installation" to getText (bnc #589667)
* Thu Mar 18 2010
  - only recommend squashfs don't require it
* Thu Mar 18 2010
  - added setterm -powersave off -blank 0 for boot images
* Thu Mar 18 2010
  - fixed udevKill in pre-init by udevSystemStop()
* Thu Mar 18 2010
  - fixed pattern/product evaluation
* Thu Mar 18 2010
  - set /tmp to be a write path in KIWISplit.txt
* Thu Mar 18 2010
  - fixed build
* Thu Mar 18 2010
  - added support for RHEL 5.4 in kiwi. This includes:
    * custom rhel-repo with hwinfo, gfxboot and friends
    * support for yum package manager backend
    * JeOS template for RHEL 5.4
    * isoboot boot image description for RHEL 5.4
    * NOTE: only the iso type has been implemented so far
* Wed Mar 17 2010
  - fixed long startup time because of ldconfig running when
    KIWILinuxRC is sourced from the shell
  - don't use killproc,killall inside the boot images. All procs
    are written to /iprocs and are handled when required
* Tue Mar 16 2010
  - added Xen dom0 hypervisor check if domain="dom0" is set
  - fixed Xen dom0 bootloader configuration
* Tue Mar 16 2010
  - fixed --build option in kiwi
* Mon Mar 15 2010
  - fixed getSize, +5M journal size
  - fixed install stick free space setup
* Mon Mar 15 2010
  - leave libresolv inside the initrd to allow name resolution
  - fixed default pxeboot file, use kiwiserver
* Mon Mar 15 2010
  - v4.23
  - fixed getSize() function taking journal size into account
  - fixed getSize() function round values not truncate them
* Fri Mar 12 2010
  - fixed typo in documentation
* Thu Mar 11 2010
  - fixed quoting in baseUpdateSysConfig (bnc #587132)
  - turn destdir into absolute path directly after
    the option parser (bnc #584200)
* Wed Mar 10 2010
  - remove empty dirs in rpmLibs ("clean") (bnc #536256)
* Wed Mar 10 2010
  - allow LWP proxy setting from environment (bnc #586655)
* Tue Mar 09 2010
  - support architectures for products, which are not specified
    in fallback lists
    (fixes glibc.i686 case)
* Tue Mar 09 2010
  Adding two new command flags:
  -l, which lists USB devices
  -k, which sets the imagewriter in "kiosk mode" (it won't list drives > 200GB)
* Mon Mar 08 2010
  - v4.22
  - fixed missing xen package in oemboot/suse-11.2 boot
    image description (bnc #561635)
* Mon Mar 08 2010
  use fallback handling to LABEL for readme.beta string
* Fri Mar 05 2010
  - removed nsswitch conf from being copied before the packagemanager
    is called the first time. that was a bad idea. Imagine you have
    configured ldap for passwd or something. It should use nsswitch.conf
    coming with the glibc installation in the chroot.
* Fri Mar 05 2010
  - fixed root tree creation build inconsistencies because of
    missing libraries at the beginning of the root tree creation.
    The first fix for this bug did not work in mixed arch
    environments (bnc #536256)
* Thu Mar 04 2010
  * make them bootable and yast working again, fixing linked packages
      for all archs
* Thu Mar 04 2010
  change string in README.BETA to "SUMMARY + BETA_VERSION"
* Thu Mar 04 2010
  - added better log information about size calculation
* Thu Mar 04 2010
  * fix multiarch medias, when using metapackages with onlyarch
    * sync arch fallback handling between repo and meta packages
* Wed Mar 03 2010
  - v4.21
  - ext4 (currently) should be mounted with 'nodelalloc';
    else we might run out of space unexpectedly...
* Wed Mar 03 2010
  - added 'boot from harddrive' as default menu selection for
    the installation images (CD+USB). Thus remove the request to
    remove the media after the image dump to the hard drive is
    complete. (bnc #583212)
* Wed Mar 03 2010
  - rebuild documentation
* Wed Mar 03 2010
  - renamed Xen kernel profile 'nex' to 'xenk'. The original name
    causes confusion to some people. Also removed xen support from
    netboot (pxe) images and adapted JeOS image descriptions.
* Tue Mar 02 2010
  * fixed a quoting bug (bnc#584651)
* Tue Mar 02 2010
  - support arch= statements for metapackages correctly
  - make missing metapackage for a required arch a warning
    (we missuse onlyarch atm)
* Mon Mar 01 2010
  - allow empty lvmvolumes section, if one only wants to set
    the volume group name but no volumes except for root
* Mon Mar 01 2010
  - some message cosmetics :-)
* Mon Mar 01 2010
  - more visible message to check the migration report file
* Mon Mar 01 2010
  - update migration table, sources are taken from zypper
* Mon Mar 01 2010
  - v4.20
  - migration: fixed operating system detection
  - fixed getLVMGroupName() not accessing an undefined value
  - fixed LVM cleanup code
* Fri Feb 26 2010
  - use $FSInodeSize instead of fixed value
* Fri Feb 26 2010
  - add spare 1.1 for vmsize
* Fri Feb 26 2010
  - fixed getSize() function. The size of the inodes are
    part of the size calculation now
* Fri Feb 26 2010
  - added trang as a build requirement to the spec
  - tighten up the XML checking a bit thus that some
    errors in the XML are detected at validation rather than
    later during processing.
  - cleanup: remove the matching of "yes" as a supported
    value for boolean types
* Fri Feb 26 2010
  - allow profiled repository sections
* Thu Feb 25 2010
  - don't log commands used to create the XML diff in the log file
* Thu Feb 25 2010
  - v4.19
  - added a JFYI headline in the log file and print only
    relevant information in the log excerpt in case of errors.
    This increases the chance to see the error (bnc #583125)
* Thu Feb 25 2010
  redo my last commit, still fail if metapackage was not found for any architecure
* Thu Feb 25 2010
  - missing metapackages are no error anymore, since we need fallback
    to noarch (but we still warn)
  - remove obsolete code
* Thu Feb 25 2010
  KIWICollect: fix links for packages below /boot (bnc#579936)
    (done by Rudi)
* Wed Feb 24 2010
  - fixed documentation example section
* Wed Feb 24 2010
  - fixed spec file noarch, allowed with > 11.2 only
* Wed Feb 24 2010
  - migration: update schema version to 4.4
  - migration: update skip list
* Tue Feb 23 2010
  - migration: exclude lock files
* Tue Feb 23 2010
  - removed imagewriter from kiwi packages, it is provided as
    separate package now maintained by
* Tue Feb 23 2010
  - migration: fixed report messages, better English :)
* Mon Feb 22 2010
  - migration: use pre tag to display zypper solutions
* Mon Feb 22 2010
  - migration:
    * added detection for packages installed multiple times
    * improvement report explanations
* Mon Feb 22 2010
  - v4.18
  - fixed display of EULA messages
* Sat Feb 20 2010
  Fixing bug with non-hybrid ISO files
* Fri Feb 19 2010
  - fixed duplicate kernel options
* Fri Feb 19 2010
  - fixed use of kiwi_cmdline in initrd
* Fri Feb 19 2010
  - removed commandline from pxedeploy section. kernel
    commandline parameters are set by the kernelcmdline
    attribute now (bnc #577720). Update schema version to 4.4
    and add an XSLT to remove commandline when required
* Fri Feb 19 2010
  Bumping the imagewriter version
* Thu Feb 18 2010
  Set the .desktop file for the imagewriter correctly
* Thu Feb 18 2010
  Add icons for the imagewriter
* Thu Feb 18 2010
  Cleaning the imagewriter up and also adding an "about" box
* Thu Feb 18 2010
  Add COPYING file to comply with GPL
* Thu Feb 18 2010
  - fixed function comments in runInteractive()
* Thu Feb 18 2010
  - added support for additional kernel commandline options
    specified as kernelcmdline <type> attribute (bnc #577720)
* Wed Feb 17 2010
  Increase the imagewriter version
* Wed Feb 17 2010
  Detect non-hybrid ISOs
* Wed Feb 17 2010
  add changelog entry for last commit
* Wed Feb 17 2010
  fix arch condition handling for meta package collection
* Wed Feb 17 2010
  - test
* Wed Feb 17 2010
  Added USB key insertion/removal detection
* Wed Feb 17 2010
  - added support for additional kernel commandline options
    specified in the new <commandline> section (bnc #577720)
* Wed Feb 17 2010
  - don't remove ldap and sasl in oemboot it's required for
    curl based downloads
* Tue Feb 16 2010
  - moved lvmgroup attribute into the lvmvolumes section
* Tue Feb 16 2010
  - v4.17
  - update documentation
  - changed migration to use root path directly and don't mount
    the root device before. As we can't mount it read-only because
    it's already mounted read-write I decided to prevent the mount
    at all and exclude any remote mounted location by searching
    through /proc/mounts
* Tue Feb 16 2010
  - don't remove libidn it's required for curl based downloads
* Mon Feb 15 2010
  - v4.17
  - fixed xen building with empty or no type=xen packages
* Mon Feb 15 2010
  do not fail on creating directory which might be there already.
    (fixes openSUSE:Factory ftp tree generation)
* Mon Feb 15 2010
  runtime fix from Rudi to process Eula.txt correctly without error
* Mon Feb 15 2010
  do not die on not used release package
* Mon Feb 15 2010
  - fixed cleanup of hosts file (bnc #579852)
* Fri Feb 12 2010
  - update migration chapter
* Thu Feb 11 2010
  - v4.16
  - make setupSplash() to operate in a temp dir (bnc #579134)
* Thu Feb 11 2010
  - fixed name resolution inside chroot if curl backend is used
    zypper uses libcurl for ftp transfers (bnc #578687)
* Thu Feb 11 2010
  Adding a TODO file for the imagewriter
* Wed Feb 10 2010
  - migration: fixed file find function
  - migration: fixed broken link search / removal
* Wed Feb 10 2010
  - migration: added zypper repos to if not local
* Wed Feb 10 2010
  Minor imagewriter text changes
* Wed Feb 10 2010
  - update documentation
* Wed Feb 10 2010
  - migration: fixed version lookup
  - migration: fixed report creation
* Wed Feb 10 2010
  - fixed typo
* Wed Feb 10 2010
  - fixed repo metadata download, cleanMount was called too early
  - fixed error handling in report file creation
* Tue Feb 09 2010
  - enable noarch subpackages
* Tue Feb 09 2010
  - update documentation
* Mon Feb 08 2010
  - added bug ID
* Mon Feb 08 2010
  - handle reboot request only if we are not in recovery mode
* Mon Feb 08 2010
  - moved EC2 options into a new ec2config section (bnc #577883)
* Mon Feb 08 2010
  - v4.15
  - fixed default split section usage for iso type
* Fri Feb 05 2010
  - added XSL transformation for latest XML changes
    Thanks to Robert for doing this
* Fri Feb 05 2010
  - prevent double / in activateImage
* Fri Feb 05 2010
  - v4.14
  - update documentation due to latest XML changes
  - don't probeFileSystem if FSTYPE is nfs
  - mounting sys devices with -o nolock doesn't make much sense
  - use rpcbind as an alternative to portmap
* Fri Feb 05 2010
  - update documentation
* Thu Feb 04 2010
  - removed unneded xenconfig information from templates if dom0 setup is used
* Thu Feb 04 2010
  - fixed migration mount setup and clean code allow
    zypper types dvd:// and iso:// to be used
* Thu Feb 04 2010
  - fixed templates, Xen based OEM image should be a dom0
  - Xen dom0 images doesn't require a xenconfig file
* Wed Feb 03 2010
  - fixed migration mount setup and clean code
* Wed Feb 03 2010
  - v4.13
  - prevent XML pretty printer from swallowing comments
* Wed Feb 03 2010
  enforce the "print" logging again for KIWICollect for significant speedup.
    However, we should rework the KIWICollect logging, but using
    KIWILog module would require significant speedup there.
* Tue Feb 02 2010
  - fixed build
* Tue Feb 02 2010
  - allow image="product" for inst-source module
  - fixed NBD setup, make swap and RW an option
* Tue Feb 02 2010
  - don't ask questions on oemboot pxe based install
* Tue Feb 02 2010
  - added support for OEM installation via PXE. To setup your
    PXE boot server do the following:
    1) create an OEM install ISO (format="iso")
    2) loop mount the created .iso file to /mnt and copy the following
    files to the PXE boot server:
    * copy /mnt/boot/initrd  => /srv/tftpboot/boot
    * copy /mnt/boot/linux   => /srv/tftpboot/boot
    * copy /mnt/image.gz     => /srv/tftpboot/image
    * copy /mnt/image.gz.md5 => /srv/tftpboot/image
      3) set the kernel commandline parameter
      via the append line in your PXE configuration.
      Alternatively the image can be stored on a FTP,HTTP server
      specified via the kiwiserver and kiwiservertype append
* Mon Feb 01 2010
  - added bug ID
* Mon Feb 01 2010
  - v4.12
  - don't move overlay mounts to real-root if NFS-root is used
    additionally prevent the ROOT_FSCK in case of NFS-root
  - allow NFSROOT and NBDROOT to be overlayed with a remote
    read-write location
* Mon Feb 01 2010
  - fixed incorrect handling of unit="G" values (bnc #574660)
* Mon Feb 01 2010
  - v4.11
  - added kernel/initrd update hotfix mechanism based on kexec
    It is possible to put the kernel file named linux.kexec and
    the initrd file named initrd.kexec on the first partition of
    a USB stick. If you plugin the stick and boot with the kernel
    option hotfix=1 it allows you to replace the existing kernel
    and initrd with the one on the stick
  - increased wait time for dhcp lease file up to
    20sec (bnc #575561)
* Mon Feb 01 2010
  create 11.3 fork, which is current factory.
    We basically need this to destinguish between kiwi 4.1 and 3.74 to write
    correct kiwi xml again.
* Thu Jan 28 2010
  - update schema documentation
* Thu Jan 28 2010
  - fixed inode calculation (bnc #574660)
* Thu Jan 28 2010
  - fixed backtrace de-/activation functions
* Thu Jan 28 2010
  - make XSL diff more readable
* Wed Jan 27 2010
  - set XML element only if it's not already set with that value
  - better XML diff output in logfile
* Tue Jan 26 2010
  - fixed build
* Mon Jan 25 2010
  - v4.10
  - applied XML changes with the following effects
    * the image type is no longer an element content but an
      attribute called image="type" inside the type element
    * all oem elements are now part of the new oemconfig section
    * the sections oemconfig,pxedeploy,split,vmwareconfig,xenconfig,lvmvolumes
      are now type specific and have to be specified inside a type
    * migration code has been adapted to 4.1 schema
    * documentation has been adapted to 4.1 schema
  - added clicfs as spec file requirement (bnc #573357)
* Mon Jan 25 2010
  - added pretty xsl
* Mon Jan 25 2010
  - fixed boot type check
* Mon Jan 25 2010
  - print a jing helper message if schema validation failed
* Mon Jan 25 2010
  - update to XML version 4.1
  - update documentation
* Fri Jan 22 2010
  - update migration XML creation
* Fri Jan 22 2010
  - fixed XML parsing
  - fixed XML diff
* Fri Jan 22 2010
  - fixed XML parsing
* Fri Jan 22 2010
  - fixed XML parsing
* Fri Jan 22 2010
  - fixed XML parsing
* Fri Jan 22 2010
  - fixed XML parsing
* Fri Jan 22 2010
  - fixed XML parsing
* Fri Jan 22 2010
  - changed parser function according to new XML layout
* Thu Jan 21 2010
  - first start of better XML description
    moving pxedeploy split vmwareconfig xenconfig lvmvolumes into type
    adding new oemconfig section
* Thu Jan 21 2010
  Added missing requires for sysopen constants
* Wed Jan 20 2010
  - fixed missing ddn call to solve the device node
    in vmxboot too (bnc #571948)
* Wed Jan 20 2010
  - v3.95
  - fixed missing ddn call to solve the device node (bnc #571948)
* Wed Jan 20 2010
  - removes sax2 and let the 11.2 based example use
    the X11 auto configuration feature in the suse-min-gnome example
    image description
* Tue Jan 19 2010
  Integrated into
* Tue Jan 19 2010
  - v3.94
  - fixed baselibs setup for 64bit image builds
  - fixed split grub setup for install CD/Stick
  - fixed split section parsing, remove trailing slash if no
    information follows
* Mon Jan 18 2010
  - use -F for mke2fs calls
* Mon Jan 18 2010
  - don't let xsltproc write into fixed /tmp location (bnc #571558)
  - prevent USB device scan for pxe boot images (bnc #570961)
* Mon Jan 18 2010
  - added config function to disable Ctrl-Alt-Del in inittab
* Fri Jan 15 2010
  - added bug number
* Fri Jan 15 2010
  - allow AOEROOT to contain the read-write device
* Fri Jan 15 2010
  - v3.93
  - moved package deletion into own function and adapt
    the examples. remove --noscripts for deleting packages
    this could cause files to stay in the system which has
    a bad impact core utilities like mkinitrd. If for example
    busybox is uninstalled without calling the postscript
    the mkinitrd setup links will stay as broken links and
    cause mkinitrd to stop working (bnc #570948)
* Thu Jan 14 2010
  - update docs
* Thu Jan 14 2010
  - v3.92
  - fixed typo in getPXEDeployTimeout()
  - forbid / to be specified in lvmvolumes (bnc #570398)
  - allow absolute size value for lvm volumes (bnc #570396)
* Wed Jan 13 2010
  fix writing of RELEASE line in content file
* Wed Jan 13 2010
  - more KIWIURL::quote() fixes (bnc #561855)
* Wed Jan 13 2010
  - create /srv/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default only if not exist
* Wed Jan 13 2010
  - rebuild docs
* Wed Jan 13 2010
  - don't set disk cmdline parameter for pxe local grub setup
* Tue Jan 12 2010
  Added autobuild script for generationg s390 cd kernel
* Tue Jan 12 2010
  - fixed clicfs usage in combination with pxe image type
* Tue Jan 12 2010
  - Fixed s390 boot
* Mon Jan 11 2010
  - partially reverted last patch
  - fixed md5 file creation for clicfs images
* Mon Jan 11 2010
  - v3.91
  - fixed md5 file creation for clicfs images when used with PXE
  - fixed validateSize() to take care for zblocks
* Mon Jan 11 2010
  - added first version of report html creation
  - again fixed KIWIURL::quote(). perl file checks doesn't
    allow quoted items (bnc #561855)
* Mon Jan 11 2010
  do not error out - there are architectures without gfxboot.cfg
    (basically all but pcs)
* Sat Jan 09 2010
  - fixed use of uninitialized value (bnc #569191)
* Fri Jan 08 2010
  - v3.90
  - changed default type to oem for migration result
* Fri Jan 08 2010
  - fixed handling of oem-reboot request. preinit needs to run
    before this request is processed (bnc #563864)
* Fri Jan 08 2010
  - migration: allow skipping parts of the process
* Fri Jan 08 2010
  - fixed quoting when importing kernel cmdline (bnc #536309)
* Thu Jan 07 2010
  - migration: added modified files tree
* Thu Jan 07 2010
  - fixed percentage counter
* Thu Jan 07 2010
  - migration: added modified files information
* Thu Jan 07 2010
  - migration: fixed xml creation
* Thu Jan 07 2010
  - migration: added a todo
* Thu Jan 07 2010
  - migration performance fixes
* Thu Jan 07 2010
  - added udevPending() to waitFor* functions (bnc #547862)
* Wed Jan 06 2010
  - migration: fixed version detection
* Tue Jan 05 2010
  - fixed cache creation
* Tue Jan 05 2010
    * added cache file
    * some performance tweaks
* Tue Jan 05 2010
  - migration: fixed path setup
* Tue Jan 05 2010
  - fixed option setup for rpm -Va
* Tue Jan 05 2010
  - migration: create overlay root tree as hard linked list
* Tue Jan 05 2010
  - some work on the migration front [still WIP]:
    * changed to report -> perform system, fixed solvable
      creation and provide better information about package
      and pattern conflicts. Changed system to use the zypper
      defined repos and product information for the migration
* Mon Jan 04 2010
  - fixed use of quiet variable
* Mon Jan 04 2010
  - use default inode count for lvmparts (bnc #567580)
* Mon Jan 04 2010
  - v3.89
  - fixed dirPath() function, related to (bnc #561855)
  - fixed KIWIURL::quote() for special '$' char (bnc #561855)
* Mon Dec 21 2009
  fixed usage of string relational operator in numerical context
* Fri Dec 18 2009
  sync more parameters for the EFI case
* Fri Dec 18 2009
  limit volume id's to 32bytes or genisoimage aborts
* Thu Dec 17 2009
  fixed efi boot
* Thu Dec 17 2009
  - v3.88
  - removed adaptec-firmware from SLED boot images. The package
    does not exist on SLED (bnc #562224)
* Wed Dec 16 2009
  - v3.87
  - added support for plaintext passwords
* Tue Dec 15 2009
  - fixed user cancel exception text (bnc #557100)
* Tue Dec 15 2009
  - v3.86
  - call scripts in C env for LC_ALL and LANG (bnc #558693)
  - fixed handling of dir:// and file:// (bnc #561855)
  - bind mount /var/run/dbus into chroot (bnc #519764)
* Mon Dec 14 2009
  - added parted to oemboot
* Mon Dec 14 2009
  - update kiwi-tools
* Mon Dec 14 2009
  - update kiwi-tools
* Mon Dec 14 2009
  - fixed password salt creation
* Mon Dec 14 2009
  - added kiwi-tools
* Mon Dec 14 2009
  - clean packs
* Mon Dec 14 2009
  - updated kiwi-tools packages
* Mon Dec 14 2009
  - fixed dump progress window
* Mon Dec 14 2009
  - Removing cross-platform support from the Qt imagewriter
  - Adding native Windows imagewriter
* Fri Dec 11 2009
  - update dcounter in kiwi-tools. Adding the option -l which allows
    to use dcounter in progress dialogs (dialog program)
* Fri Dec 11 2009
  - show disk size value in MB and only if > 0 (bnc #562190)
  - put install progress information into dialog (bnc #562185)
  - track restored files in percentage (bnc #562188)
* Fri Dec 11 2009
  - changed mkisofs parameters in the way similar like autobuild did before
  - fixed mkisofs parameters for ia64
  - added ppc support to KIWIIsoLinux (KIWIIsoLinux-AppleFileMapping.txt is part of it)
  - added KIWIIsoLinux-AppleFileMapping.txt to spec file
* Fri Dec 11 2009
  - added adaptec-firmware to iso/net and oemboot (bnc #562224)
* Thu Dec 10 2009
  - use blowfish extension for password creation (bnc #562105)
* Thu Dec 10 2009
  - fixed storage of lvmgroup inside KIWIBoot object
* Thu Dec 10 2009
  - fixed boot label setup for installstick and installcd modus
* Thu Dec 10 2009
  - fixed condition for calling vgchange -an
* Wed Dec 09 2009
  - fixed install stick creation
* Wed Dec 09 2009
  fix repomd creation code
* Wed Dec 09 2009
  fix compare operator
* Wed Dec 09 2009
  - moved repartition functions to KIWILinuxRC
* Wed Dec 09 2009
  - fixed home device fstab entry, uses disk by id now
* Wed Dec 09 2009
  implementation of hybridpersistent key (bnc #557100)
* Wed Dec 09 2009
  - v3.85
  - fixed user/group setup for multiple users (bnc #561749)
* Wed Dec 09 2009
  - added information about repo solvable creation
  - fixed solvable creation if only one URL is used
* Tue Dec 08 2009
  - improved solvable caching code and added functions to
    KIWISatSolver module for extracting SaT informations about
    dependency and queueing problems
* Tue Dec 08 2009
  - adapt perl code to last changes in satsolver plugin
* Tue Dec 08 2009
  - fixed satsolver usage, pool_setarch is required for correct
    solving results. Also prune_best_arch_name_version() is now
    used instead of prune_to_best_arch
* Tue Dec 08 2009
  drop the entire support for NO_ISO, since it is legacy and is not used anymore.
* Tue Dec 08 2009
  ups, if statement should be in the opposite way around
* Mon Dec 07 2009
  - v3.84
  - fix syntax error when calling warning log function
  - backport content meta data generation out of product files from
    release packages
* Mon Dec 07 2009
  Support content file creation via data from selected release packages
    and their specs inside of .prod file.
* Thu Dec 03 2009
  - v3.83
  - added busybox for to netboot descriptions and changed
    compressed tftp download to busybox tftp because only this
    implementations allows to work with pipes (bnc #559830)
  - removed 10.3 support
* Thu Dec 03 2009
  - fixed spec file provides/obsoletes
* Thu Dec 03 2009
  - dos2unix xsdDocHtml.css
* Thu Dec 03 2009
  - fixed boot device activation
* Thu Dec 03 2009
  move kiwi installation source plugins from novell forge.
    These plugins are needed to create product medias for openSUSE 11.1 and later.
    The 11.0 plugin has been dropped, since it never was in a working state.
* Wed Dec 02 2009
  - added support for custom LVM group name. Default is kiwiVG
  - fixed LVM based recovery workflow. the recovery needs to know
    about the separate boot partition. Additionally the recovery
    partition must be a separate partition outside LVM
* Wed Dec 02 2009
  fix logging, not warnings for progress reporting.
* Tue Dec 01 2009
  fail if a plugin dir is configured, but does not exist
* Mon Nov 30 2009
  - added options --fs-max-mount-count and --fs-check-interval
    as well as the XML type attribute fsnocheck which deactivates
    the filesystem check at all.
* Mon Nov 30 2009
  - fixed root device setup for xenboot in EC2 (bnc #559143)
* Mon Nov 30 2009
  - removed kernel-ec2-extra from xenboot,  not needed (bnc #559106)
* Mon Nov 30 2009
  - v3.82
  - fixed size setup which was ignored due to last fix (bnc #559098)
* Thu Nov 26 2009
  - v3.81
  - call / scripts in POSIX env (bnc #558693)
  - fixed invalid link setup in createImageLiveCD() (bnc #558666)
  - fixed size / inode calcuation due to wrong unit (bnc #555688)
* Thu Nov 26 2009
  fix call of warning method in KIWILog
* Wed Nov 25 2009
  - fixed setup of xencons when building Xen domU images (bnc #557791)
* Wed Nov 25 2009
  - fixed revision information in kiwi --version info
  - fixed Makefile clean target
* Tue Nov 24 2009
  - v3.80
  - fixed root tree creation build inconsistencies due to missing
    libraries at the beginning of the root tree creation. Any glibc
    linked program uses /etc/nsswitch.conf and from there requires
    /lib(64)/libnss* libraries to do user/group to id resolution.
    If the operation happens chrooted, the libs needs to be there.
    The fix will install the glibc package which provides these
    libraries in a $root/baselibs directory first and moves them
    to $root. After that process the package manager is again called
    to install the bootstrap listed packages follewed by the rest
    of the specified packages (bnc #536256)
* Mon Nov 23 2009
  - v3.79
  - fixed clicfs boot by preventing root filesystem checks via
    ROOTFS_FSCK="0", also don't use run-init for clic (bnc #557661)
* Thu Nov 19 2009
  - v3.78
  - fixed umount calls before init is called. Due to this
    fix the df information after login should be correct
* Wed Nov 18 2009
  - added openSUSE-11.2 target for migration (bnc #555724)
* Wed Nov 18 2009
  - v3.77
  - fixed search for gfxboot file du to changes in the
    gfxboot-devel package for 11.2 (bnc #556130)
* Tue Nov 17 2009
  - added LVM feature to allow parts of the filesystem
    in a separate volume. The setup of volumes happens
    in the new <lvmvolumes> section
* Mon Nov 16 2009
  - update XML to 3.8
* Mon Nov 16 2009
  - v3.76
  - don't require preinit to call init (bnc #521456)
* Thu Nov 12 2009
  - remove pivot root calls (old code) and changed preinit
    handling to let preinit run like init. If preinit runs the
    kernel already knows the system image root as / and preinit
    always ends with exec init (bnc #521456)
* Wed Nov 11 2009
  - fixed exit code evaluation in Dialog function. The value of the
    evaluated exit code was undefined because it depended on which
    subshell finished first. The solution is to prevent parameter
    subshells when building the dialog parameterlist (bnc #547864)
* Mon Nov 09 2009
  - v3.75
  - fixed spec file for s390 architecture
* Fri Nov 06 2009
  - fixed sysconfig/kernel setup for old mkinitrd (bnc #547571)
* Fri Nov 06 2009
  - really removed windowmanager files
* Fri Nov 06 2009
  - really remove inittab files from examples
* Fri Nov 06 2009
  - fixed xslt processing. The possible change to the XML
    file is now written to /tmp to avoid writing into read-only
    filesystem (bnc #552617)
* Fri Nov 06 2009
  - removing displaymanager overlay files and use the baseUpdateSysConfig()
    function instead
* Fri Nov 06 2009
  - removing inittab overlay files and use baseSetRunlevel() instead
* Thu Nov 05 2009
  Another place what broke the mkisofs sort file
* Thu Nov 05 2009
  Fix sort file for mkisofs, fixes boot on crappy BIOSes.
* Thu Nov 05 2009
  - added support for timezone in JeOS
  - changed suseActivateDefaultServices() to activate services
    only without calling the post scripts of installed RPM's
* Wed Nov 04 2009
  - added missing usb host controller module (ohci) to all
    boot image descriptions except vmxboot which doesn't need it
* Tue Nov 03 2009
  - added Patches from Robert Schweikert
    * added suse-min-gnome example image description
* Tue Nov 03 2009
  - removed 10.3 examples
* Tue Nov 03 2009
  - added Patches from Robert Schweikert
    * change deploy section to pxedeploy section and update schemaversion
      from 3.7 to 3.8 via xsl stylesheet
* Tue Nov 03 2009
  - v3.75
  - added Patches from Robert Schweikert
    * new function baseSetRunlevel to allow setup of runlevel in inittab
* Tue Nov 03 2009
  - added ieee1394 firewire modules to support liveCD on
    firewire DVD drive (bnc #479020)
* Mon Nov 02 2009
  only basic version of vim is installed; we disable syntax highlighting
    in order to avoid irritating error message on vim startup.
* Wed Oct 28 2009
  - OEM recover/repair
    * make sure passwd/shadow and group files will be preserved
    * make sure RPM database will be preserved
* Wed Oct 28 2009
  use true/false instead of yes/no to harmonize with rest of kiwi
* Wed Oct 28 2009
  use yes/no in REPO_ONLY to harmonize with MULTIPLE_MEDIA
* Wed Oct 28 2009
  remove not used KIWI_COLLECT_TERMINAL_LOG enviroment variable, we use the --logfile switch since 11.1
* Wed Oct 28 2009
  cleanup log states (lots of Warning -> Information) and drop obsolete code.
* Tue Oct 27 2009
  - fixed string comparison
* Tue Oct 27 2009
  - kiwi-instsource changes done by
    * fix 32bit debuginfos
* Tue Oct 27 2009
  - offer only languages for selection which are part of the
    initrd. The <locale> element defines which locales and
    translations are part of the initrd. If only one language
    is available no selection dialog will be opened
* Tue Oct 27 2009
  fix 32bit debuginfos
* Tue Oct 27 2009
  - kiwi-instsource changes done by
    * fixed logging
    * fixed several uninitialized variables
    * fixed debuginfo handling
* Mon Oct 26 2009
  add all debuginfo packages
* Mon Oct 26 2009
  little cleanup
* Mon Oct 26 2009
  have defaults for product variables
* Mon Oct 26 2009
  more fixes for logging
* Mon Oct 26 2009
  one less unintialized variable
* Mon Oct 26 2009
  more cleanup in the logging of products
* Mon Oct 26 2009
  trying to fix logging
* Mon Oct 26 2009
  - added missing script to strip down locale information
* Mon Oct 26 2009
  - added bug ID
* Mon Oct 26 2009
  - don't call ldconfig when loading KIWILinuxRC functions
* Mon Oct 26 2009
  - better changelog entry
* Fri Oct 23 2009
  - set splash to verbose if there is a systemException (bnc #547821)
  - check for block device when retrieving MBR ID (bnc #547821)
* Fri Oct 23 2009
  - added DOBACKUP variable to easily switch on/off the
    backup creation in recovery mode (bnc #546057)
* Thu Oct 22 2009
  - recovery mode (bnc #546057):
    * throw reboot exception if backup files can't be created
    * create backup files for files in recovery.tar.gz only
* Wed Oct 21 2009
  - use cmp to compare files first before diffing them. Prevent
    second find call for backup files. This increases the recovery
    performance in repair mode. Additionally write backup diffs
    to /tmp/backup (bnc #546057)
* Tue Oct 20 2009
  - added support for lang and keytable in cmdline. Support is
    only available with the gfxboot code from >= 11.2 (bnc #547915)
  - changed fbiterm return code evaluation. Echo the return code
    from the last instead of relying to the exit code of the
    fbiterm terminal (bnc #547864)
* Mon Oct 19 2009
  - search .backup files in home and etc only (bnc #546057)
* Fri Oct 16 2009
  Add changelog message to kiwi.changes
* Fri Oct 16 2009
  Fixing bug 547143 - kiwi imagewriter needs .iso filetype filter too
* Wed Oct 14 2009
  - don't remove libgcc_s from initrd. It's required for
    programs which uses pthread_cancel()
* Wed Oct 14 2009
  - prevent automatic CD eject on kiwi install. If the tray is
    blocked (some servers hide their drives behind doors) the boot
    CD/DVD with the OEM image ends up back in the machine. Therefore
    we open a popup window asking to user to remove the install
    media before continuing
* Tue Oct 13 2009
  - added udevPending call in waitForUSBDeviceScan() to make
    sure the device nodes are created if we leave the function
* Mon Oct 12 2009
  - fixed clicfs usage for vmx,oem and usbboot. Needs the same
    boot partition like the DM squash setup uses
  - fixed clicfs mount on bootvm creation
* Mon Oct 12 2009
  - fixed error log switch in Echo function
* Mon Oct 12 2009
  - fixed hwclock and timezone setup (bnc #546096)
  - fixed 11.2 JeOS template, no kernel-*-base anymore
* Thu Oct 08 2009
  - deactivate backup MBR at 0x800 (bnc #539505)
* Thu Oct 08 2009
  - leave time message in kiwi.log file
* Thu Oct 08 2009
  - update schema documentation
* Thu Oct 08 2009
  - fixed setup of doc exclusion for zypper (bnc #544874)
  - added boot timer for kiwi boot images like the kernel does
* Thu Oct 08 2009
  - added kiwi-rpmlintrc filter for boot translations
  - fixed css file encoding in documentation
  - update kiwi-tools in sle11 repo
* Thu Oct 08 2009
  - added boot timer for kiwi boot images like the kernel does
* Wed Oct 07 2009
  - improved umount code for auto mount of removable storage
    devices. The function umountDevice() takes over the task
    of umounting all filesystems associated with the given
  - use searchBIOSBootDevice for usbboot instead of USBStickDevice
    since we have the unique MBR ID in place this is the better
    method to search for the boot device
* Wed Oct 07 2009
  - create backup files for /etc and /home only in Recovery mode
    This is done to reduce the runtime the recovery process takes
* Tue Oct 06 2009
  - fixed race condition in waitForStorageDevice()
  - deactivate automatic filesystem check for clicfs based
* Tue Oct 06 2009
  - Add cancel/reboot menu item in recovery bootloader configuration.
    This will help avoid accidental recovery invocation, which could
    be a potential issue. The cancel/reboot item is now the default
    selection, and the delay is now 30 seconds giving the user more
    time to contemplate their restoration options (bnc #544420)
* Mon Oct 05 2009
  - fixed old X11R6 lib/lib64 path
* Mon Oct 05 2009
  - again fixed stripUnusedLibs()
* Mon Oct 05 2009
  - moved destination path check to function where it is needed
* Mon Oct 05 2009
  - fixed race condition in setupRecoveryArchive() when
    creating the tar archive
  - fixed fbiterm support for SLE10
  - fixed baseStripUnusedLibs
* Mon Oct 05 2009
  - added and improved official JeOS templates to the kiwi git
    source tree. The official templates used by the SDK product
    and the SuSE Studio online service are now provided via the
    kiwi package kiwi-templates (bnc #521970)
* Mon Oct 05 2009
  - fixed OEM bool option handling
* Mon Oct 05 2009
  - fixed detection of USB install media
* Mon Oct 05 2009
  - added import attribute in <profile> section to allow
    default imports if not profile was set on the commandline
* Fri Oct 02 2009
  - fixed handling of profiled preferences sections
* Fri Oct 02 2009
  - fixed bool value evaluation in*()
  - added suseImportBuildKey() helper function used in JeOS
    templates (bnc #521970)
* Thu Oct 01 2009
  - added support for <oem-recoveryID>, default ID=83 (bnc #543118)
  - reload MBR in restore mode, also recreate swap and home
    systems if defined in restored fstab (bnc #542648)
* Thu Oct 01 2009
  - fixed stick detection if multiple sticks are plugged in
    stickFound variable was set too early, thanks to Axel Theilmann
  - use bc for more exact progress calculation
* Thu Oct 01 2009
  - clear screen after install confirmation
* Wed Sep 30 2009
  - oemboot: re-install grub bootloader into partition if the
    partition contains a bootloader signature already (bnc #543123)
  - added backup diff in recovery mode. This will add a file~
    diff file for each file changed according to the recovery
* Tue Sep 29 2009
  - improved restore feature which also restores the filesystem
    before restoring files (bnc #542648)
* Mon Sep 28 2009
  - fixed typos and mistakes in the documentation, Thanks to
    Robert who found them
* Thu Sep 24 2009
  - limit language selection to the installed locales (bnc #539398)
    * de_DE.utf8
    * en_US.utf8
    * ru_RU.utf8
    * zh_CN.utf8
    * zh_TW.utf8
* Thu Sep 24 2009
  - added language translations (ar,tr,uk) (bnc #539398)
* Wed Sep 23 2009
  - added language translations (bnc #539398)
* Wed Sep 23 2009
  - evaluate languages set by <locale> in the suseGFXBoot code.
    This will result in grub displaying the selected languages
* Tue Sep 22 2009
  - added i18n support for dialog buttons too
* Mon Sep 21 2009
  - fixed %1 evaluation in getText
* Mon Sep 21 2009
  - fixed LANG and locale use
* Mon Sep 21 2009
  - added OEM restore mode (bnc #539390)
  - evaluate kiwikernelmodule variable from cmdline also in
    modules.order mode where loading is done by udev (bnc #525345)
  - don't remove libblkid1 from initrd (bnc #505580)
  - remove reserved blocks in any case when mounting
    clic by calling tune2fs -m 0 (bnc #505580)
* Sun Sep 20 2009
  - preserve ownership if xsltproc changes the xml file
* Fri Sep 18 2009
  - added pot template for translations (bnc #539398)
* Thu Sep 17 2009
  - added fbiterm to oemboot boot images. This allows to display
    wide screen characters on the framebuffer console and therefore
    enabled kiwi's dialog windows to be multilingual (bnc #539398)
  - fixed baseStripLocales() function
* Wed Sep 16 2009
  - fixed MBR flag setup (bnc #539505)
* Wed Sep 16 2009
  - fixed bool value evaluation for oem-recovery
* Wed Sep 16 2009
  - added backup MBR to 0x800 if --grub-chainload is in use
    also added FDST flag to 0x190 for preload setup. We need
    to take care for that value if other preloads requires
    something similar it should be an option (bnc #539505)
* Tue Sep 15 2009
  - added cross-directory-hard-link filter
* Tue Sep 15 2009
  - update xsl stylesheets
* Tue Sep 15 2009
  - fixed types in oem examples
* Tue Sep 15 2009
  - changed to schema version 3.7, add xsl stylesheet which
    automatically changes to the bool values true/false
    * allow ensconce as packagemanager type
    * fixed bool content for rpm-check-signatures
* Mon Sep 14 2009
  - fixed bool content for rpm-check-signatures
* Mon Sep 14 2009
  - allow ensconce as packagemanager type
  - fixed bool content for rpm-check-signatures
  - fixed inode calculation, needs integer result
* Sat Sep 12 2009
  - link files to create live ISO in createImageLiveCD()
    instead of moving them (bnc #412689)
  - do kiwi test mounts with readonly option (bnc #538355)
  - use option -J -f to call genisoimage (bnc #538390)
* Fri Sep 11 2009
  - disabled check for removable flag in USBStickDevice()
    function (bnc #535113)
* Fri Sep 11 2009
  - allow cmdline line overwrites only if the variable
    ALLOW_CMDLINE_OVERWRITE=yes is set in config.<MAC> or
    config.default. By default no overwrites are allowed
    which should add an acceptable level of
    security (bnc #536309)
* Thu Sep 03 2009
  - allow NBDROOT to be set via kernel cmdline (bnc #536309)
* Thu Sep 03 2009
  - fixed satplugin getInstallList() function, did not allocate
    enough space to hold the package size. This causes the buffer
    overflow inside the binding. Also added the flags
  -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2 -fstack-protector to build the same
    binding binary as if kiwi is build inside the BS. Also
    fixed the spec file and removed the versioned requires of
    satsolver-tools (bnc #532894)
* Wed Sep 02 2009
  - fixed writeXML
* Wed Sep 02 2009
  - added encoding information to all templates
  - added log information about temporary XML changes
    for all modes of kiwi, removed the used xml output
* Tue Sep 01 2009
  - fixed virtual disk creation with clicfs involved
* Tue Sep 01 2009
  - added option --grub-chainload which allows the virtual
    disk based images to chainload grub from partition one.
    This is required for some preload processes (bnc #529850)
  - changed filesystem detection by using blkid instead
    of a raw dump + file call. Related to (bnc #529850)
  - disabled partition table re-write for hybrid ISO's
    also see the comment in
* Fri Aug 28 2009
  - fixed partition size check which failed if oem-systemsize
    was set but the disk was smaller than the configured size
* Thu Aug 27 2009
  - added release tag to sattools_version
* Wed Aug 26 2009
  - added support for parted in oem repartition code
* Wed Aug 26 2009
  - removed check for luks mapping in functions which are
    surely not called if the luks extension is used
* Tue Aug 25 2009
  - fixed grep call, only return code is of interest
* Tue Aug 25 2009
  - support new syslinux >= 3.82 format (bnc #530255)
  - added function dn to support linux device node name
    convention: Converts from partition name to disk name (bnc #529580)
* Tue Aug 25 2009
  - fixed bootloader title setup if multiple kernels are installed
  - restructured oem repartition code to allow use of parted.
    parted does not allow to create custom partition id's they
    are the result of a sequence of subsequently created partitions.
    parted implementation will follow soon
  - allow only bool (true/false) content for the oem-*
    boolean attributes
* Fri Aug 21 2009
  - remove kernel-.*-base from all boot image descriptions
    for suse-11.2. They don't exist anymore
* Thu Aug 20 2009
  - fixed spec file
* Thu Aug 20 2009
  - fixed boot default size setup (bnc #532371)
  - fixed KIWIBoot::getStorageSize function, use blockdev
  - fixed dialog input by calling setctsid before dialog
* Wed Aug 19 2009
  - fixed usb stick size check (bnc #532371)
* Wed Aug 19 2009
  - removed duplicate creation of read/write filesystem
* Tue Aug 18 2009
  - changed title for install media to "Install/Restore ..."
* Mon Aug 17 2009
  - added support for language selection in displayEULA function.
    The function now uses the same file names according to the
    licenses.tgz file. If no language specific license file could
    be found the function defaults to license.txt and if that file
    also doesn't exist it defaults to EULA.txt (bnc #530497)
* Fri Aug 14 2009
  - fixed main::mount() method, setup of umountStack was wrong
    now using mount destination for umount not source
* Fri Aug 14 2009
  - fixed isohybrid created partition table to be DOS compatible
    This means the first partition starts at sector 64
* Fri Aug 14 2009
  - update documentation, add information about LVM and
    repository priorities, differences between smart and zypper
* Thu Aug 13 2009
  - fixed typo
* Thu Aug 13 2009
  - convert schema css to unix file format
* Thu Aug 13 2009
  - update schema documentation
* Thu Aug 13 2009
  - provided new kiwi-tools for sles11 without pigz
* Thu Aug 13 2009
  - removed pigz from kiwi-tools, it's packaged and
    maintained by Alexander Graf <> now
* Thu Aug 13 2009
  - make rpm-force content a boolean value
* Wed Aug 12 2009
  - fixed waitForStorageDevice() check
* Wed Aug 12 2009
  - fixed fsck call for clicfs mount
* Wed Aug 12 2009
  - run fsck and resize2fs only on first boot of a clic mount
  - don't wait for storage device if it's a loop
* Wed Aug 12 2009
  - fixed VMFindSystem function in xenboot (bnc #530200)
* Tue Aug 11 2009
  - v3.74
  - use resize2fs -M if possible ( >= v1.41 )
* Tue Aug 11 2009
  - fixed bool value in documentation
* Tue Aug 11 2009
  - fixed foreign addPackage and addArchive calls, make sure
    the package/archive is added to the bootstrap section not
    to the image section as we can't guarantee that a
    type="image" section exists
  - run tagmedia at last
* Tue Aug 11 2009
  - better text for used xml file
* Tue Aug 11 2009
  - v3.73
  - removed -extra kernel packages for 11.2, don't exist anymore
  - added desktop kernel profile too boot images for 11.2
* Tue Aug 11 2009
  - fixed getSize function to calculate required inode count
    for the subsequent mkfs ext2/3/4 call (bnc #528839)
* Mon Aug 10 2009
  - added ddn function and replace all occurrences of
    a=$disk"number" with a=$(ddn $disk number) (bnc #529580)
* Mon Aug 10 2009
  - added checkmedia KIWIIsoLinux constructor parameter
* Sun Aug 09 2009
  check for existens of README.BETA file
* Sun Aug 09 2009
  * Activate ISO creation for product medias by default.
    * Add check for medias intended to be a ftp tree only (no iso)
    * Do not ignore random errors anymore, but fail !
    * cleanup of some return values, still way more to do
* Fri Aug 07 2009
  - v3.71
  - added --select packages for the --info option
* Fri Aug 07 2009
  - fixed loop between CDMount and searchBIOSBootDevice
    happening in oem ISO install mode
* Fri Aug 07 2009
  - added dialog based progress information when restoring
    the recovery archive files (bnc #510041)
* Fri Aug 07 2009
  - fixed evaluation of MKCLICFS_COMPRESSION (bnc #528743)
* Thu Aug 06 2009
  - clear screen after dialog window disappears (bnc #510041)
* Thu Aug 06 2009
  - v3.70
  - fixed HAVE_USB check, usbcore is no longer a module
  - added edd module to be present in isoboot
* Wed Aug 05 2009
  - fixed OEM_SYSTEMSIZE evaluation for standard and luks repart
* Wed Aug 05 2009
  - allow OEM_SYSMTEMSIZE evaluation for OEMRepartLuks
* Wed Aug 05 2009
  - v3.69
  - changed oem-repart to allow oem-systemsize even if no home and
    no swap partition was requested. by default the entire disk space
    is used but if a oem-systemsize is set this value will be used
    and therefore allows to have some space left on the disk
  - fixed loop cleanup
* Wed Aug 05 2009
  - wait for process to finish when sending int signal (bnc #525986)
* Tue Aug 04 2009
  - use dmsetup remove instead of kpartx -d
* Tue Aug 04 2009
  - add a sleep of one second between kpartx -d and losetup -d
* Tue Aug 04 2009
  - send signal again after 5 seconds, if the process still exists
* Tue Aug 04 2009
  - re-added clicfs ignore-cow-errors option
* Tue Aug 04 2009
  - add a sleep of one second between kpartx -d and losetup -d
  - wait for process to finish when sending interrupt signal (bnc #525986)
  - added support for hybrid ISO's. This feature exists with
    openSUSE 11.2 or later. In order to use it add the attribute
    hybrid="true" to your iso type line. If you use the iso on
    a read/write medium the isoboot code will search for a 0x83
    partition used for writing OS data (bnc #496505)
* Mon Aug 03 2009
  - added mediacheck feature for hybrid iso
  - use partition not disk to mount hybrid
* Mon Aug 03 2009
  - v3.68
  - added support for hybrid ISO's. This feature exists with
    openSUSE 11.2 or later. In order to use it add the attribute
    hybrid="true" to your iso type line.
* Fri Jul 31 2009
  - fixed typo
* Fri Jul 31 2009
  - use blockdev to check partition and disk size (bnc #527016)
* Fri Jul 31 2009
  - v3.67
  - use #!/usr/bin/env vmware in .vmx config file
* Wed Jul 29 2009
  - fixed file finder for relative paths in createImageSplit
* Wed Jul 29 2009
  - fixed code box dimensions
* Wed Jul 29 2009
  - fixed solvable creation for migrate, also add the
    option --report-packlist. Updated docu chapter about
* Wed Jul 29 2009
  - deactivate mbr id check on oem install (bnc #525682)
* Wed Jul 29 2009
  - v3.66
  - update ec2 documentation, fixed public ari/aki table
* Mon Jul 27 2009
  - update documentation
* Mon Jul 27 2009
  - fixed build
* Mon Jul 27 2009
  - fixed build
* Mon Jul 27 2009
  - fixed build
* Mon Jul 27 2009
  - added suse-11.2-JeOS template
* Mon Jul 27 2009
  - removed obsolte tools/cdtool/suse-isolinux
  - fixed isoboot: added if it exists
* Mon Jul 27 2009
  - leave libncursesw inside the initrd for dialog use
* Fri Jul 24 2009
  - v3.65
  - added waitForUSBDeviceScan() function and wait only
    if usbcore module could be loaded
* Thu Jul 23 2009
  - added cciss module to be part of the oem initrd
* Thu Jul 23 2009
  - fixed dumpkeys call in KIWIManager
* Mon Jul 20 2009
  - added displayEULA function (bnc #522985)
* Thu Jul 16 2009
  - added opensuseProduct in JeOS templates (bnc #522217)
* Thu Jul 16 2009
  - v3.64
  - fixed xenbridge network setup if bridge name is set to
    an empty string (bnc #515404)
* Wed Jul 15 2009
  - fixed satplugin due to satsolver api changes (bnc #521968)
* Wed Jul 15 2009
  - fixed JeOS SLE10 template
* Wed Jul 15 2009
  - openssl-certs does not exist on SLE10 changed to openssl
* Tue Jul 14 2009
  - added openssl-certs to bootstrap section of SLE JeOS and
    boot image templates to allow use of SLE update repositories
* Tue Jul 14 2009
  - added openssl-certs to bootstrap section of SLE JeOS
    templates to allow use of SLE update repositories
* Tue Jul 14 2009
  - fixed liveCD isolinux entry selection (bnc #521338)
  - removed required lib* packages from delete sections
  - be verbose when removing files from the initrd
* Tue Jul 14 2009
  - added suseSetupProduct function (bnc #520268)
* Mon Jul 13 2009
  - set hal lock for mapped luks device
  - added support for luks extension for iso image type (bnc #505782)
* Mon Jul 13 2009
  - added support for luks extension for xen image type (bnc #505782)
* Mon Jul 13 2009
  - added support for luks extension for usb image type (bnc #505782)
* Mon Jul 13 2009
  - added comments for luks boot setup
* Mon Jul 13 2009
  - fixed ram only netboot image download (bnc #519055)
* Thu Jul 09 2009
  - v3.63
  - make luks password dialog more user friendly
  - update schema documentation
* Wed Jul 08 2009
  - added check for packages really on media when using
    fallback KIWIPattern resolver (bnc #517506)
* Wed Jul 08 2009
  - fixed luksboot link
* Wed Jul 08 2009
  - fixed bootloader setup for luks mode
  - fixed default split file
* Tue Jul 07 2009
  - added support for luks extension for oem image type
  - fixed CD eject in oem CD/DVD install mode
* Mon Jul 06 2009
  - fixed block comment
* Sun Jul 05 2009
  - v3.62
  - fixed combined mount with luks encoded read-write part
* Sun Jul 05 2009
  - fixed combined mount with luks encoded read-write part
* Fri Jul 03 2009
  - added basic support for LUKS extension for vmx image type
    with compressed root filesystem.
* Thu Jul 02 2009
  - use --passwordbox instead of --inputbox to ask for the luks passphrase
* Thu Jul 02 2009
  - added basic support for LUKS extension for vmx image type
* Wed Jul 01 2009
  - v3.61
  - prepared KIWIImage to work with luks extension. This is not
    a complete implementation so far, just a first start (bnc #505782)
  - fixed inclusion of custom tar archives if the image
    description provides only a bootstrap section like the
    isoboot data does
* Wed Jun 24 2009
  - allow inclusion of custom tar archives with new <archive>
    element. This can be used to include custom branding without
    special branding packages. This can also be used to include
    any kind of data without the need for a package (bnc #515573)
* Wed Jun 24 2009
  - the inode issue comes back to haunt us yet again.  The last go
    around actually made things *worse* for things like vmdk that
    allocate large disks, since 2x the number of files is probably
    much smaller than the 'automatic' calculation used for a disk of
    that size. The attached patch fixes this by removing the
  --fs-numinodes option (which is useless, IMHO) and replaces it
    with --fs-inoderatio.  Kiwi will assume 16k for inode ratio if
    not otherwise specified. We use the ratio to determine the number
    of inodes, unless it is a smaller value than num_files*2.
* Tue Jun 23 2009
  - fixed typo
* Tue Jun 23 2009
  - more virtio modules
* Tue Jun 23 2009
  - update docs, --list-profiles moved to --info ... --select profiles
* Tue Jun 23 2009
  - added virtio kernel modules to boot iamges (bnc #515543)
* Tue Jun 23 2009
  - improved support for obtaining XML information (bnc #513093)
* Mon Jun 22 2009
  - don't remove mkfs/fsck links, just a cleanup fix
* Mon Jun 22 2009
  - v3.60
  - don't remove libx*, 11.2 hwinfo is linked against libx86emu
* Fri Jun 19 2009
  - v3.59
  - fixed journal parameter handling in setupEXT2
* Fri Jun 19 2009
  - fixed clone to search in default image path if source
    is specified as relative path
* Fri Jun 19 2009
  - fixed checkType function if flags and filesystem attributes
    are used together. Using these attributes together in one
    type is redundant and therefore not correct but it should
    not lead to an error (bnc #514412)
  - removed useless setValidateRepositoryType method
  - add support for xml file logging. This allows to keep
    track on the temporary changes kiwi makes in the XML
    description caused by for example commandline options
* Fri Jun 19 2009
  - fixed clean target
* Fri Jun 19 2009
  - fixed clean target
* Thu Jun 18 2009
  - combine manual pages and kiwi cookbook into one
* Wed Jun 17 2009
  - updated documentation files
* Wed Jun 17 2009
  - adding man pages to kiwi.pdf using joinPDF
* Wed Jun 17 2009
  Create pdfs from the man pages and append it to the kiwi.pdf
* Wed Jun 17 2009
  Changed refentrytitle to filename
* Wed Jun 17 2009
  - fixed clicfs mount for pxe type (bnc #513826)
* Wed Jun 17 2009
  New chapter appendix as intropage for the man-pages
* Wed Jun 17 2009
  Added chapter appendix
* Wed Jun 17 2009
  set tocdepth to 2 to show new subsections and added an appendix chapter
* Wed Jun 17 2009
  Added subsections for the elements of config.xml
* Tue Jun 16 2009
  - v3.58
  - added -persist option when calling nbd-client (bnc #513112
* Wed Jun 10 2009
  - fixed test case
* Wed Jun 10 2009
  - fixed kernel/initrd links in setupSUSEInitrd (bnc #507261)
* Wed Jun 10 2009
  - fixed use of mke2fs options
* Wed Jun 10 2009
  - fixed SLE11 template iso type
* Wed Jun 10 2009
  - fixed setRepository function so that it does not
    overwrite repositories marked with status="fixed"
* Wed Jun 10 2009
  - call searchBIOSBootDevice only on initial deployment
    if the kiwi initrd is still in place for a subsequent boot
    use the root variable from the kernel commandline to find
    the boot disk, related to (bnc #507261)
* Tue Jun 09 2009
  - added list of available patterns for --list-xmlinfo
* Tue Jun 09 2009
  - added getSolfile method to be able to access the
    cached satsolver index file
* Tue Jun 09 2009
  - fixed url list update when --add-repo is used
* Tue Jun 09 2009
  - fixed kiwi --list-xmlinfo if repo doesn't exist
* Tue Jun 09 2009
  - fixed typo
* Tue Jun 09 2009
  - v3.57
  - added support for ext4 filesystem, adapt 11.2 examples
  - adapt 11.2 boot images for ext4
* Mon Jun 08 2009
  - fixed dom0 Xen setup
* Fri Jun 05 2009
  - v3.56
  - fixed missing xen bootprofile in vmx and oem (bnc #510276)
  - added ec2 bootkernel profile for vmx,oem,xen (bnc #510276)
* Thu Jun 04 2009
  - fixed call of xsl stylesheet in
* Thu Jun 04 2009
  - default to "no" when the recovery dialog is displayed
* Wed Jun 03 2009
  - moved schemeversion to schemaversion (bnc #509107)
* Tue Jun 02 2009
  - moved <compressed> element into the <type> section
    added xsl stylesheet for transformation from scheme
    version 2.4 -> 3.5 according to this change. Always
    compress cpio images (bnc #509107)
* Tue Jun 02 2009
  - fixed checkmedia reboot to happen immediately (bnc #509061)
  - fixed checkmedia message (bnc #509060)
* Tue Jun 02 2009
  - Use O_LARGEFILE on the output open call as well
* Tue Jun 02 2009
  - Use O_LARGEFILE when opening an image in imagewriter
* Mon Jun 01 2009
  - fixed documentation for bool value use (bnc #508614)
* Sun May 31 2009
  - v3.55
  - allow use of zypper iso:// URL type in kiwi (bnc #498437)
* Fri May 29 2009
  Give the user more feedback when the imagewriter cannot open a file.
* Thu May 28 2009
  - check for iso tool in (bnc #478991)
  - removed redundand relocateCatalog code, use the one
    from KIWIIsoLinux only
* Thu May 28 2009
  - added kiwi --clone mode (bnc #505554)
* Wed May 27 2009
  - v3.54
  - added fix catalog function to (bnc #478991)
  - set inode count for system partition only, even if
    it has been specified via --fs-maxinodes (bnc #495135)
  - fixed OEM recovery, set OEM_RECOVERY to the root device
    not the recovery device (bnc #503653)
* Tue May 26 2009
  - fixed oem format="iso" install mode (bnc #506983)
  - use dialog for asking questions (bnc #503653)
* Mon May 25 2009
  - added resize_inode feature to filesystem before resizing.
    This will reserve space so the block group descriptor
    table may grow in the future (bnc #498683)
* Mon May 25 2009
  - fixed clicfs mount, regression from my nfs fix
* Fri May 22 2009
  - don't reserve blocks for clicfs without cow (bnc #505580)
* Fri May 22 2009
  - reset IFS to standard value in CDDevice (bnc #505943)
* Fri May 22 2009
  - added relocation function to KIWIIsoLinux module
* Fri May 22 2009
  - rewrote to allow bit/tri arch boot media
    the code has not been tested for efi or ikr due to lack of
    such machines (bnc #478991)
* Fri May 22 2009
  - fixed typo in volid assignment
* Tue May 19 2009
  - fixed/changed clicfs over NFS use. When using a clicfs
    image it's required that the clicfs filesystem is mounted
    on the server and the container (fsdata.ext3) is exported
    to the client. In that way it's consistent with all other
    filesystem types
* Tue May 19 2009
  - set default volid for CD/DVD kiwi install media
* Tue May 19 2009
  - fixed volid setup in case of format=iso setup (bnc #500501)
* Tue May 19 2009
  - fixed typo
* Tue May 19 2009
  - fixed volid setup in case of spaces (bnc #500501)
* Tue May 19 2009
  - fixed doc hint for boot-theme
* Tue May 19 2009
  - update documentation for bootinclude/bootdelete and boot-theme
  - implement <boot-theme> setup
* Mon May 18 2009
  - v3.52
  - fixed clicfs mount over AOE,NBD (bnc #504652)
  - allow inclusion of boot image packages specified inside
    the system image description. This feature is used to setup
    branding packages which needs to be installed as part of
    the boot image (initrd) (bnc #497888)
* Fri May 15 2009
  - v3.51
  - set keytable to us in template files (bnc #504275)
  - fixed live iso examples (bnc #504283)
* Wed May 13 2009
  - fixed group setup with correct group id (bnc #503117)
* Wed May 13 2009
  - added bugid for spec file fix
  - copy hidden files to home in oemboot code
* Wed May 13 2009
  - fixed spec file
* Tue May 12 2009
  - indentation fix
* Tue May 12 2009
  - make use of new clicfs options for persistent writes
* Tue May 12 2009
  - fixed spec file requirement for mkisofs on sle10
* Tue May 12 2009
  ensure that and have execute permissions as well.
* Tue May 12 2009
  ensure that can get executed, even when it comes without execute permissions
* Fri May 08 2009
  - added optional volid setup for iso's (bnc #500501)
  - update scheme documentation from oXygen
* Thu May 07 2009
  - don't set config file when calling modprobe in
    suseStripKernel function
  - use 70% of RAM for clicfs
* Thu May 07 2009
  - validate MKCLICFS_COMPRESSION if set
  - fixed tool hash for flags="clic"
  - added free RAM value for clicfs mount instead of
    fixed size of 470M
* Wed May 06 2009
  - fixed sap media changer call (bnc #486758)
  - added more clic fixes, still not finished (bnc #497172)
  - set inode count for system partition only (bnc #495135)
  - fixed satsolver setup
* Tue May 05 2009
  - 3.50
  - added bash quotation function (bnc #500537)
* Tue May 05 2009
  - more clicfs fixes
  - fixed quotation of home and groups for user setup (bnc #500537)
  - fixed system reboot if kiwi initrd is still in place
* Tue May 05 2009
  - v3.49
  - added clic fixes from coolo (bnc #497172)
  - fixed quotation of realname for user setup (bnc #500537)
  - fixed activateBootPartition code (bnc #500454)
* Tue May 05 2009
  - fixed quotation of realname for user setup (bnc #500537)
  - update documentation
* Mon May 04 2009
  - allow setting up vga for iso images too (bnc #480336)
* Mon May 04 2009
  - need eval to pass options to the mount call
* Mon May 04 2009
  - detect if it is required to pass -t iso9660 (bnc #498497)
* Mon May 04 2009
  - fixed permissions on recovery (bnc #489909)
* Mon May 04 2009
  - added support for clicfs for suse >= 11.2 (bnc #497172)
    * ** not fully implemented and tested yet ***
  - don't run path generation for iso:// and file:// paths
    if zypper is used (bnc #498437)
* Wed Apr 29 2009
  - fixed initrd cpio if xen type is requested (bnc #399230)
* Wed Apr 29 2009
  - fixed template xorg.conf for 64 bit
* Mon Apr 27 2009
  - v3.47
  - added kernel parameter nombridcheck (bnc #498371)
  - remove boot/grub/mbrid file from installed system
    at first deployment to avoid conflicts on reboot
  - set boot flag after repartitioning the device
  - exclude install source device from being used as
    SAP data storage device
* Fri Apr 24 2009
  - fixed format image creation for split type (bnc #497882)
  - use -x option when copying system tree to avoid copying
    still mounted filesystems like proc for example (bnc #497984)
* Fri Apr 24 2009
  - v3.46
  - pass -t iso9660 when mounting CD/DVD devices. It's a kernel
    bug that slows down the bandwidth if not passing that value
    but the workaround is rock solid :) (bnc #493201)
* Thu Apr 23 2009
  - prevent usb and storage modules from beeing loaded
* Thu Apr 23 2009
  - don't reboot the system after OEMInstall, simply proceed
* Thu Apr 23 2009
  - fixed kiwi_revision content in .profile
  - fixed LVM repartition code if more than one VG exist
* Wed Apr 22 2009
  - deacticate the bios 0x80 check it's not safe enough
  - allow non interactive installation procedure in
    oem-sap-install mode. In case of multiple disks the smallest
    one is used for the system (bnc #486758)
* Wed Apr 22 2009
  - activate volume groups before calling mkinitrd
* Wed Apr 22 2009
  - restrict packagemanager names to smart and zypper
* Wed Apr 22 2009
  - fixed filesystem detection if root is on LVM
* Wed Apr 22 2009
  - fixed fstab setup of sapdata volume
* Wed Apr 22 2009
  - added ovftool patch required for tech. preview
* Wed Apr 22 2009
  - fixed bootpartition id for install image creation
* Wed Apr 22 2009
  - v3.44
  - fixed size of boot image partition when creating an
    install image of type: virtual disk
* Tue Apr 21 2009
  - added missing entries in sysconfig/bootloader (bnc #495909)
* Tue Apr 21 2009
  - let udev load modules if modules.order is provided by
    the kernel (bnc #493201)
* Mon Apr 20 2009
  - added bool content type instead of text for
    rpm-excludedocs (bnc #496382)
* Mon Apr 20 2009
  - fixed identifyFileSystem call
* Mon Apr 20 2009
  - make sure DHCPHADDR is an uppercase value (bnc #495557)
  - fixed probeFileSystem to take care if the first 512byte
    contains a bootloader (bnc #493489)
  - fixed multicast activation/deactivation (bnc #356974)
  - also check for include link to use --dereference when
    copying the overlay tree (bnc #490128)
* Mon Apr 20 2009
  - fixed recovery device setup (bnc #493878)
* Tue Apr 07 2009
  fix mkpath calls for current perl
* Mon Apr 06 2009
  - removed cromfs doesn't exist in 11.2
* Fri Apr 03 2009
  - fixed SAP data VG creation
* Fri Apr 03 2009
  - fixed SAP data storage setup if there is already a VG
* Fri Apr 03 2009
  - fixed SAP storage check and data storage setup
* Fri Apr 03 2009
  - v3.41
  - fixed URL quoting when passing credentials (bnc #491475)
* Thu Apr 02 2009
  - doc revision update
* Thu Apr 02 2009
  - fixed xen config creation for bootprofile=xen and image type vmx
* Wed Apr 01 2009
  - update man pages (variable names)
  - leave gawk for oem images
* Tue Mar 31 2009
  - fixed IFS setup for SAP functions
* Tue Mar 31 2009
  - fixed typo
* Tue Mar 31 2009
  - v3.40
  - update manual pages. Patch by Peter Schinagl <>
  - added functions to run X inside preinit (bnc #486758)
* Tue Mar 31 2009
  - added SAPDataStorageSetup function (bnc #486758)
* Mon Mar 30 2009
  - added check functions SAPMemCheck, SAPCPUCheck
    and SAPStorageCheck. They apply if the oem-sap-install
    attribute is set for OEM images (bnc #486758)
* Mon Mar 30 2009
  - leave libcom_err in isoboot
* Mon Mar 30 2009
  - v3.39
  - added a xendomain attribute in config.xml to be able to
    distinguish whether a virtual disk image should be a Xen
    dom0 host system or a Xen domU guest system. If no domain
    is set a dom0 image will be created
  - added xenServer function to check if we run a Xen host
    or guest system. The bootloader setup is different for
    dom0 or domU. Adapt setupBootLoader* functions
  - allow filesystem resizing to be used in isoboot
* Fri Mar 27 2009
  - fixed xencons setup for lilo and syslinux
* Fri Mar 27 2009
  - added support for virtual disk images as Xen guest. This
    means you can specify <type ..bootprofile="xen">vmx|oem</type>
    and the resulting virtual disk image can boot as Xen guest
    system. Patch by James Willcox <>
* Fri Mar 27 2009
  - v3.38
  - added root fstab entry for compressed rootfs (bnc #486017)
  - fixed console setup when booting into a Xen guest
* Thu Mar 26 2009
  - really allow oem-reboot to take effect in recovery mode (bnc #487887)
* Thu Mar 26 2009
  - v3.37
  - added squashfs requirement for suse version > 10.1
  - fixed solvable creation for repos without compressed
    meta data (packages and .pat file)
* Wed Mar 25 2009
  - fixed build
* Wed Mar 25 2009
  - v3.36
  - allow oem-reboot to take effect in recovery mode (bnc #487887)
  - improved the --list-xmlinfo option which now also prints
    information about the repositories used for the image
    and it will print out the install size in kB by using
    the satsolver. Users can so check how much space is
    required to build the root tree of the image
* Wed Mar 25 2009
  - added compuled man pages
* Wed Mar 25 2009
  - add --dest-dir check when --build runs
  - fixed checkType function for iso tool check
  - include xml man page source to git
  - update template descriptions
* Tue Mar 24 2009
  - add --dest-dir check when --build runs
  - update template descriptions
* Mon Mar 23 2009
  Checking in change allowing "-m" option to maximize the imagewriter window
* Mon Mar 23 2009
  - removed and also the --instsource-local
    option from the code base. This module is no longer maintained
    and all code related to this path went into
* Mon Mar 23 2009
  - better changelog entry for last zypper repo prio fix
* Mon Mar 23 2009
  - fixed build, KIWICollect_local has been removed
* Mon Mar 23 2009
  obsolete second version of instsource module
* Mon Mar 23 2009
  - v3.35
  - added support for repo priority for zypper
* Mon Mar 23 2009
  add support for repository priorities with zypper
* Mon Mar 23 2009
  add support for priority ordering of repositories
* Fri Mar 20 2009
  - fixed documentation changed wording from exten(d|t) to
    unpacked and package image
* Thu Mar 19 2009
  - really fixed this path handling in upgrade mode
* Thu Mar 19 2009
  - again fixed build script
* Thu Mar 19 2009
  - fixed build tools
* Thu Mar 19 2009
  - added suse-SLE10-JeOS template
* Thu Mar 19 2009
  - v3.34
  - fixed ignore element validation
  - added suse-SLE10-JeOS template
* Tue Mar 17 2009
  Trying to commit the MacOS port again
* Tue Mar 17 2009
  Last commit failed for some reason
* Tue Mar 17 2009
  Finished the MacOS X port
* Tue Mar 17 2009
  - added support for arch attribute in pattern names
* Tue Mar 17 2009
  - adapt ppc netboot descriptions
* Tue Mar 17 2009
  - v3.33
  - removed support for cromfs; dead and unmaintained fs
  - added bootkernel attribute which allows to select a kernel
    profile defined in the boot image description
* Mon Mar 16 2009
  - v3.32
  - changed netboot descriptions >= 11.1 to provide diskless
    kernel profiles named diskless-kdefault and diskless-kpae.
    The standard diskless profile will no longer include a
* Mon Mar 16 2009
  - fixed oemboot workflow for dmsquash setup
* Mon Mar 16 2009
  - fixed oemboot workflow for dmsquash setup
* Mon Mar 16 2009
  - v3.31
  - fixed broken CD/DVD mount path in isoboot workflow
  - fixed vmxboot workflow for dmsquash setup
  - fixed oemboot workflow for dmsquash setup
  - fixed usbboot workflow for dmsquash setup
* Thu Mar 12 2009
  - v3.30
  - added warning message before installing system (bnc #484793)
* Thu Mar 12 2009
  - v3.29
  - added cdrkit-cdrtools-compat required for kiwi-desc-oemboot
  - added experimental support for dmsquash filesystem type which is
    a squashfs filesystem containing an ext3 filesystem. The mount of
    the data happens via a device-mapper snapshot and allows
    copy-on-write access (bnc #483444)
  - fixed install image size calculation in case of a compressed
    image. gzip -l was used but we ran into the >4GB bug mentioned
    in the gzip manpage (bnc #484247)
* Tue Mar 10 2009
  - v3.28
  - added crc-t10dif kernel module for 11.2 boot
  - added x-bit to vmware .vmx file generated by kiwi
  - don't use arch specific glibc in boot images
  - don't specify cracklib but remove all possibly
    installed versions in boot images
* Mon Mar 09 2009
  - fixed build helper tools according to svn -> git switch



Generated by rpm2html 1.8.1

Fabrice Bellet, Mon Jul 10 03:14:25 2017